The Developer Connection - Device Driver Kit for OS/2 3

home *** CD-ROM | disk | FTP | other *** search

/ The Developer Connection…ice Driver Kit for OS/2 3 / DEV3-D1.ISO / docs / response.inf (.txt) < prev next >

Wrap

OS/2 Help File | 1994-02-27 | 409.4 KB | 22,485 lines

ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1. Introduction ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Response files allow a network administrator to install, reinstall, or upgrade Communications Manager on a group of remote workstations from a central site. A network administrator may prepare response files for a group of workstations and distribute the response files on diskettes or through a LAN server. This process is called a response file installation. Response file installation may preserve personalized features on a workstation during an upgrade. However, the response file installation does not change the workstation configuration unless the process is completed without errors. The network administrator may specify that Communications Manager records and reports the success of each installation through the network. In addition, Communications Manager provides two user exits for response file installation. These exits allow the network administrator to perform tasks, such as backing-up or renaming files, at the beginning and end of the workstation configuration. ΓòöΓòÉ Special Note ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòù Γòæ Γòæ Γòæ This book contains information specific to single- Γòæ Γòæ byte character set (SBCS) and double-byte character Γòæ Γòæ set (DBCS) systems. This information is noted Γòæ Γòæ where applicable. Γòæ Γòæ Γòæ ΓòÜΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉΓò¥ Related topics: Creating or editing a response file Using the CMRECORD utility User exits Response file keyword reference Sample response files CM/2 Distributed Feature Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.1. Features That Are Supported by Response File Installation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Response file installation supports: o Initial configuration and installation o Upgrading from a previous release of Communications Manager o Installation of additional functions selectable through window interface (CMSETUP) o Installation of any feature which is already configured in the Model Configuration File o Configuration updates with response files o Communications Manager/2 Distributed Feature workstations Additional functions supported by response files are: o Keyboard remap o Problem determination aids o Keylock utility o Command Reference o Message Reference o Glossary o Overview o Configuration dialog o Subsystem management Features that you may configure are: o 3270 emulator o 5250 emulator o keyboard selection o SRPI o SNA DLCs o X.25 o ACDI o ACDI redirection o Gateway o LUA o APPC/APPN o ISDN Note: Not all of these features are supported by a CM/2 Distributed Feature workstation. Related topic: Features that are not supported CM/2 Distributed Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2. Features That Are Not Supported ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Response file installation does not support the following: o Installation by feature A response file cannot install nonconfigured features. A response file can install communications features that are already configured in the model configuration file, or those that are configured by the response file itself. o Multiple configurations Each response file may only install a single configuration. You must run response file installation once for each configuration that contains unique communications features. Response file installation may, however, copy additional configurations to the workstation that will not need additional features to be installed. o Keylocked configurations To configure a response file that has been locked using the Keylock utility, you must specify the master or service password with the /KL parameter on CMSETUP. However, if you want to use keylock for new configurations created by response files, you must use the Keylock utility. Related topic: Supported features CM/2 Distributed Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3. Configuration Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The following configuration updates are supported. Select a feature for details. o Workstation information o 3270 and 5250 emulator feature o SNA DLC feature o X.25 feature o SRPI feature o ACDI feature o APPC and APPN feature o LUA feature o Gateway feature o ISDN support feature updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.1. Workstation Information Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber of ΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstances Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéWorkstation ΓöéWORKSTATION Γöé1 ΓöéNo Γöé Γöéinformation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.2. 3270 and 5250 Emulator Feature Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber ofΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstancesΓöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ Γöé3270 coaxial Γöé3270_CONNECT Γöé1 ΓöéNo Γöé Γöé(DFT) Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéconnection Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ Γöé3270 emulator Γöé3270_SESSION Γöé1-26 (1-5ΓöéYes Γöé Γöésession Γöé Γöécoaxial) Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ Γöé5250 emulator Γöé5250_SESSION Γöé1-15 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöésession Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ Γöé3270 color Γöé3270_COLOR Γöé1-255 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéremap Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ Γöé5250 color Γöé5250_COLOR Γöé1-255 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéremap Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéTSO file ΓöéFT_TSO Γöé1-16 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöétransfer Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéprofile - 3270Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCICS file ΓöéFT_CICS Γöé1-16 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöétransfer Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéprofile - 3270Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéVM file ΓöéFT_VM Γöé1-16 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöétransfer Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéprofile - 3270Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéMiscellaneous ΓöéFT_MISC Γöé1 ΓöéNo Γöé Γöéfile transfer Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé- 3270 Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéKeyboard ΓöéAT_KEYBOARD ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéselection Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéKeyboard ΓöéENHANCED_KEYBOARD ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéselection Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéKeyboard Γöé106_ENHANCED_KEYBOARD ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéselection Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Note: Keyboard selection is not keyboard remap. The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.3. SNA DLC Feature Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber of ΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstances Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSDLC ΓöéSDLC_DLC ΓöéNon-ISDN: 1-2 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéISDN: 1-126 Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéLAN DLC ΓöéLAN_DLC Γöé1-2 ΓöéYes Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX.25 DLC ΓöéX25_DLC Γöé1-8 ΓöéYes Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéTwinax DLC ΓöéTWINAX_DLC Γöé1 ΓöéNo Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéISDN DLC ΓöéIDLC_DLC Γöé1-16 ΓöéYes Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.4. X.25 Feature Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber of ΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstances Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX.25 link ΓöéX25_LINK Γöé1-8 ΓöéYes Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX25 link PVCΓöéX25_LINK_PVC Γöé1-128 per ΓöéYes Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéadapter Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé(X25_LINK)Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX.25 local ΓöéX25_LDIR ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöédirectory Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéentry Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX.25 remote ΓöéX25_RDIR_SNA_PVC ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöéSNA PVC Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöédirectory Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéentry Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX.25 remote ΓöéX25_RDIR_NSNA_PVCΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöénon-SNA PVC Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöédirectory Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéentry Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX.25 remote ΓöéX25_RDIR_SNA_SVC ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöéSNA SVC Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöédirectory Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéentry Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX.25 remote ΓöéX25_RDIR_NSNA_SVCΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöénon-SNA SVC Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöédirectory Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéentry Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX.25 routingΓöéX25_ROUTE Γöé1-300 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöétable entry Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.5. SRPI Feature Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber of ΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstances Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSRPI server ΓöéSRPI_SVRBASE Γöé1 ΓöéNo Γöé Γöébase profile Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSRPI server ΓöéSRPI_SERVER Γöé1-500 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéprofile Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.6. ACDI Feature Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber ofΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstancesΓöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéACDI port ΓöéACDI_PORT Γöé1-3 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéprofile Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéACDI ΓöéACDI_SPECIAL_CHARACTERSΓöé1 ΓöéNo Γöé Γöéspecial Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöécharacters Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéACDI ΓöéACDI_REDIRECT Γöé1 ΓöéNo Γöé ΓöéredirectionΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.7. APPN and APPC Feature Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber ofΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstancesΓöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine local ΓöéLOCAL_CP Γöé1 ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöéCP Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine ΓöéCONNECTION_NETWORK ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéconnection Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöénetwork Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine ΓöéLOGICAL_LINK ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöélogical link Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine local ΓöéLOCAL_LU ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöéLU Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine ΓöéPARTNER_LU ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöépartner LU Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine ΓöéPARTNER_LU_LOCATION ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöépartner LU Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöélocation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine class ΓöéCOS ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéof service Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine ΓöéMODE ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöétransaction Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéservice mode Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine SNA ΓöéSNA_DEFAULTS Γöé1 ΓöéNo Γöé Γöédefaults Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine ΓöéTP ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöétransaction Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéprogram Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine CPI ΓöéCPIC_SIDE_INFO ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöécommunicationΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéside Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéinformation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéAttach ΓöéATTACH_MANAGER Γöé1 ΓöéNo Γöé Γöémanager Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéActivate ΓöéACTIVATE_LOGICAL_LINKSΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöélogical linksΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCNOS fully ΓöéCNOS_FQ_PLU_NAME ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéqualified PLUΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéname Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCNOS PLU ΓöéCNOS_PLU_ALIAS ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéalias Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine LU-LU ΓöéLU_LU_PASSWORD ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöépassword Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéUser ID ΓöéUSER_ID_PASSWORD ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöépassword Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé(conversationΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöésecurity) Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine ΓöéEXPLICIT_SOC ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöéExplicit Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöésphere of Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöécontrol Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine ΓöéDEFAULT_SOC ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöéDefault Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöésphere of Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöécontrol Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine RemoteΓöéREMOTE_FOCAL_POINT ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéfocal point Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.8. LUA Feature Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber of ΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstances Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéDefine LUA ΓöéLUA ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.9. Gateway Feature Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber of ΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstances Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéHost ΓöéGATEWAY_HOST Γöé5 ΓöéYes Γöé Γöéconnection Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéWorkstationΓöéGATEWAY_WORKSTATIONΓöé254 per ΓöéYes Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéhost Γöé Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.3.10. ISDN Support Feature Updates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Select a keyword for more information. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFeature ΓöéKeyword ΓöéNumber of ΓöéNamedΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéInstances Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéISDN ΓöéINCOMING_CALL_DIR Γöé100 ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöéIncoming Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéCall Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéDirectory Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéISDN ΓöéOUTGOING_CALL_DIR Γöé100 ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöéOutgoing Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéCall Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéDirectory Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéISDN SwitchΓöéSWITCH_TYPE ΓöéNo limit ΓöéYes Γöé ΓöéType Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ The number of instances refers to how many records may be configured. Related topic: Configuration updates list ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.4. Response File Contents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ A response file is an ASCII file used to install Communications Manager product files or to create or change configuration values. A response file contains the following: o Control information that determines the operations that response file installation performs o Names of files and directories needed during response file installation o Parameters for customizing the Communications Manager configuration files o Parameters for selecting Communications Manager additional functions o Names of "included" response files to be processed in-line with the main response file o User exit information, which are optional exits to user-supplied programs to be called during the response file installation processing Related topics: Creating or editing a response file Response file keywords Sample response files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2. Creating or Editing a Response File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Communications Manager provides a complete configuration response file on the Communications Manager/2 Network Administrator Sample Programs diskette that you may use as a template to prepare a response file for your configuration. You may also create a response file with the CMRECORD utility. The CMRECORD utility builds a response file using an existing configuration. The resulting response file is an ASCII file that you may edit to match your configuration needs. You may use any editor that creates an ASCII file, such as the OS/2 system editor, to edit a response file. The related topics introduce the response file structure and syntax and tell how to prepare a response file that you may use to install or configure Communications Manager. Related topics: Response file structure Response file syntax CMRECORD - preparing a response file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1. Response File Structure ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The response file is a standard ASCII file containing assignment statements that are generally in the form of keyword = value. The keyword is always placed on the left side of the statement and identifies the configuration or installation parameter. The value is placed on the right side of the statement and is either a string of characters or a list of one or more keyword = value lines. For example: keyword = value keyword = ( keyword = value keyword = value ... ) Related topics: Response file syntax CMRECORD - preparing a response file Assigning values to keywords Keyword types ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2. Response File Keyword Types ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The keyword types are: o Record and field keywords Keywords that set configuration values are referred to as record and field keywords. The record keyword identifies the record and is followed by a list of #keyword = value pairs (field keywords) that assign a value to a parameter. The following example is an SDLC DLC record: sdlc_dlc = ( name = 0 free_link = n link_station_role = 3 line_mode = 2 ) o List keywords List keywords provide keywords to name, copy, or delete response file records. o Installation keywords Installation keywords provides keywords that you may use to manipulate installation and configuration files and control response file installation functions. Related topics: Record and field keywords (Keyword reference) List keywords (NAME, COPY, or DELETE) Installation keywords Assigning values to keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3. Response File Syntax Rules ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The syntax rules for response files are: o Lines have a maximum length of 384 bytes. o An opening parenthesis, used to begin a list of values, must follow the keyword= on the same line. o A closing parenthesis, used to delimit a list, must be on its own line. o Because an opening parenthesis begins a list, you cannot assign a single opening parenthesis as a value to a keyword. o Response files are not column dependent. You may use indentation or blank lines to make the files more readable. A response file does not have any column-specific or indentation restrictions. o You may include a comment in a response file by using an asterisk (*) or semicolon (;) as the first non-blank character in a line. However, within a value list only the semicolon (;) may be used because the asterisk (*) may be a valid value within the list. o Comments must always appear as separate lines within a response file. o Keywords are not case sensitive. o Each keyword must appear on a separate line. Related topics: Long syntax line example Response file structure CMRECORD - preparing a response file Assigning values to keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.3.1. Long Syntax Line Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Lines in a response file have a length limit of 384 bytes. If you need to assign a list of values to a keyword, you may use a nested list form. The data inside the nested list is referred to as a value list and uses the following format. A value list may have more than one value per line and may be separated by either a space or a comma. keyword = ( keyword = value keyword = ( subvalue1 subvalue2 subvalue3 subvalue4 subvalue5 ) keyword = ( subvalue1, subvalue2, subvalue3, subvalue4, subvalue6, subvalue7 ) keyword = ( subvalue1 subvalue2 subvalue3 subvalue4 subvalue6 subvalue7 ) ) Related topics: Syntax rules Assigning values to keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.4. Assigning Values to Response File Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ A value is a string of characters that is placed on the right side of a response file assignment statement. A value may be a list of one or more keyword = value lines: keyword = ( keyword = value keyword = value keyword = value keyword = value keyword = value keyword = value ) The type of value you may specify for a keyword uses one of the following forms: o Boolean value 0 n or N = No 1 y or Y = Yes You cannot specify the words NO and YES. o Characters 1 through 12 characters If the description is in this form, assign the number of characters specified. o Integers Integer (1 -3) 1=Secondary 2=Primary 3=Negotiable If the description is in this form, assign the integer that represents the value you want to specify. o The value description may specify a specific string such as BLANK or an asterisk (*) that represents a special value. These values are explicitly defined when used. o In some cases, the value or the = value portion of a line is optional. These cases are explicitly defined when they are valid. For example, the DELETE keyword does not use the equals sign (=) or the value. In cases where a value is required but not specified, the keyword is ignored. Related topics: Response file syntax SNA character sets CMRECORD - preparing a response file Response file keyword reference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5. Assigning Values Using SNA Character Sets ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Many of the records and fields require the use of the specific character sets: o SNA Type A o SNA Type AE o SNA Type 01134 o SNA Type 00640 o SNA Type IA5 Note: Some of the characters listed conflict with the response file syntax rules. For example, left and right parentheses may not appear by themselves as a string, because those characters delimit lists. Related topics: Assigning values to response file keywords Response file keyword reference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.1. SNA Type A ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The SNA Type A character set includes: o Uppercase A-Z (lowercase is accepted and translated to uppercase) o Numbers 0-9 o Characters $, #, and @ An SNA type A character string cannot begin with a digit (0-9). Related topic: SNA character sets ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.2. SNA Type AE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The SNA Type AE character set includes: o Lowercase a-z o Uppercase A-Z o Numbers 0-9 o Characters $, #, @, and the period (.) Related topic: SNA character sets ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.3. SNA Type 01134 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The SNA Type 01134 character set includes: o Uppercase A-Z (lowercase is accepted and translated to uppercase) o Numbers 0-9 The first character cannot be a digit (0-9). Related topic: SNA character sets ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.4. SNA Type 00640 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The SNA Type 00640 character set includes: o Lowercase a-z o Uppercase A-Z o Numbers 0-9 o The following special characters: ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ Character Name ΓöéCharacter ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ ampersand Γöé& ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ asterisk Γöé* ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ at sign Γöé@ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ colon Γöé: ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ comma Γöé, ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ dollar sign Γöé$ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ double quote Γöé" ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ equals sign Γöé= ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ greater than Γöé> ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ left parenthesis Γöé( ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ less than Γöé< ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ minus sign Γöé- ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ number sign Γöé# ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ percent sign Γöé% ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ period Γöé. ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ plus sign Γöé+ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ question mark Γöé? ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ right parenthesis Γöé) ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ right slash Γöé/ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ semicolon Γöé; ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ single quote Γöé' ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ space Γöé ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ underscore Γöé_ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ Related topic: SNA character sets ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.5.5. SNA Type IA5 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The SNA Type IA5 character set includes: o Uppercase A-Z (lowercase is accepted and translated to uppercase) o Numbers 0-9 o The following special characters: ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ Character Name ΓöéCharacter ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ accent grave Γöé` ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ ampersand Γöé& ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ asterisk Γöé* ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ at sign Γöé@ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ backslash Γöé\ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ caret Γöé^ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ colon Γöé: ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ comma Γöé, ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ dollar sign Γöé$ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ double quote Γöé" ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ equals sign Γöé= ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ exclamation point Γöé! ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ greater than Γöé> ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ left brace Γöé{ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ left bracket Γöé[ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ left parenthesis Γöé( ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ less than Γöé< ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ minus sign Γöé- ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ number sign Γöé# ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ percent sign Γöé% ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ period Γöé. ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ plus sign Γöé+ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ question mark Γöé? ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ right brace Γöé} ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ right bracket Γöé] ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ right parenthesis Γöé) ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ right slash Γöé/ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ semicolon Γöé; ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ single quote Γöé' ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ space Γöé ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ split vertical bar Γöé| ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ tilde Γöé~ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ underscore Γöé_ ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ Related topic: SNA character sets ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6. Naming, Copying, or Deleting Record Values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ You may use the response file list keywords to name, copy, or delete values in a record. Not all record keywords support list keywords. The list keywords are as follows: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related topic: Keyword types ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.1. Naming Record Values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The NAME keyword is used when multiple instances of a record keyword are allowed. It identifies which record is to be created or modified; it is usually required. The following example shows the format for the name keyword: keyword = ( name = value keyword = value keyword = value ... ) Related topics: List keywords Keyword syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.2. Deleting Record Values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The DELETE keyword causes all information associated with a keyword to be removed. When the DELETE keyword is encountered in a list, all other keywords in the list except the NAME keyword are ignored. The following example shows the format for the delete keyword: keyword = ( name = 1 delete ) You may use the DELETE keyword to reset the values in a record. First, delete a record with the DELETE keyword; then, create a new record with the needed keywords by specifying another list. The DELETE keyword does not appear in the keyword format; no equal sign or value is used. Related topics: List keywords Keyword syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.6.3. Copying Record Values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The COPY keyword allows you to create or modify one instance of a record using another instance to initialize the data instead of using the system defaults. Most configuration lists that accept a NAME keyword to identify records accept the COPY keyword. The COPY keyword is shown in each configuration list in this document where it is supported. An example of the copy keyword follows, which uses the record named B to initialize the record A. If the record named A existed before, it is overwritten with the new information from record B. keyword = ( name = a copy = b ) Be sure to use additional keywords to change the values of any fields that are required to be unique between records of the same type. For example, if you use the example to create or modify the 3270_SESSION named A using the 3270_SESSION named B to initialize the data, you must also use the LONG_SESSION_NAME keyword and either the NAU_ADDRESS keyword (for noncoaxial) or the LOGICAL_TERM_NUMBER keyword (for coaxial) to assign new values to session A. If you do not assign new values to these keywords, they have the same values for session A and session B, and the verification step issues errors and the response file processing fails. The COPY keyword used inside lists differs from its usage outside lists. Outside lists, the COPY keyword is used to copy files. Related topics: Copying additional files to the workstation List keywords Keyword syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7. Specifying Controls for Response File Installation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ You may use the installation keywords to manipulate installation and configuration files and to control the installation of Communications Manager functions. The installation keywords do not appear as lists. Each keyword=value pair is treated separately. The installation keywords allow you to: o Copy additional files to the workstation o Include additional response files to be processed o Specify the type of installation or configuration o Set the FFST/2 options o Select additional functions for installation o Specify Communications Manager installation options ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.1. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This keyword names the source file and destination directory of a file to be copied during installation. Response file installation continues if it encounters an error using this keyword and logs the error in the response file installation log. You may use this keyword more than once in a response file. The COPY keyword used inside lists differs from its usage outside lists. Outside lists, the COPY keyword is used to copy files. Inside lists, the COPY keyword (a list keyword) allows you to create or modify one instance of a record using another instance to initialize the data. Related topics: Copying record values (COPY, a list keyword) Including files (INCLUDE keyword) File manipulation keyword reference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.7.2. INCLUDE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This keyword specifies another response file to include in the current response file. The included response file is processed entirely before proceeding with the including response file. The included response files are processed in order as if their contents were substituted for the INCLUDE keyword in the including response file. When the end of an included file is reached, processing resumes at the next line of the response file that contained the INCLUDE keyword. This keyword may appear more than once in a response file. During processing, response file installation searches for filespec in the current directory and the directories specified in the DPATH environment variable. The failure of response file installation to find an include file is a critical error. Related topics: Copying files (COPY keyword) Copying record values (COPY a list keyword) File manipulation keyword reference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.8. Upgrading ES 1.0 Response Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section tells how to upgrade an Extended Services response file to a Communication Manager/2 Version 1.1 response file. To support additional functions, Communication Manager adds new response file keywords to those used in Extended Services. In addition, some keywords were changed to support the IBM Communications Manager/2 Version 1.1 configuration structure. Although Communications Manager remote installation can process an Extended Services response file, it creates a configuration that supports only the features of Extended Services. To generate a response file that supports the Communications Manager features, you must create a Communication Manager response file. During Communications Manager remote installation processing, CMSETUP determines if the response file is an extended Services response file. If it is, CMSETUP converts the response file to a Communications Manager response file. This process accesses the configuration files (.NDF and .CFG) specified in the response file and does the following. o Converts the Extended Services autostart keywords in workstation feature to 3270_SESSION keywords that set the autostart function for that session. o Converts the host connection information from the SNAConnect keywords in Extended Services and creates an APPN logical link record in Communications Manager by building a Communications Manager response file entry (or uses an existing entry if the values match for the link that is being referred to by existing emulator sessions). o Converts the host connection information from the gateway host keywords in Extended Services and creates an APPN logical link record in Communications Manager by building a Communications Manager response file entry (or uses an existing entry if the values match). This process also builds a response file entry for the gateway hostrecord when pooling the information in present and no gateway host pools record exists in the .NDF file. o Converts the host connection information from the workstation keywords in Extended Services and creates an APPN logical link record in Communications Manager by building a Communications Manager response file entry (or uses an existing entry if the values match). This process also builds a gateway workstation response file record. Communications Manager remote installation converts the Extended Services spelling of a keyword to the communications Manager spelling. Any Extended Services keywords that are no longer supported (and do not map to any keywords) in Communications Manager are treated as unknown keywords. A message is logged for every unknown keyword encountered and processing continues. ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3. Communication Manager/2 Distributed Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Response file installation of a CM/2 Distributed Feature workstation is enabled through the CMLAN /R command. The CMLAN /R process works the same as CMSETUP /R and uses the same response file format, except for the restrictions which are defined in this section. This process does not allow configuration updates. You must specify an already existing configuration file (CMUserCFG) of the current level. This configuration can be created with the CMSETUP command on a single user workstation. Existing single user configurations can also be upgraded to the current level on a single user workstation and then used to install the CM/2 Distributed Feature workstation. If an installation keyword is supported on a CM/2 Distributed Feature workstation, the keyword is used in a response file the same way as on a single user workstation. The keywords discribed in the Response File Reference are used when configuring and installing single user workstations. These keywords are used similarly for configuration, installation and distribution (CID) installs of Distributed Feature workstations, with a few exceptions. The following list shows features that are not supported when configuration is used to install a CM/2 Distributed Feature workstation. You can create a configuration on a single user workstation that is limited to the features by specifying CMWorkstationType = 4 in the response file. A single user configuration can also be used on a CM/2 Distributed Feature installation; however, unsupported features will not be installed. o SDLC DLC o X.25 DLC o 3270 DFT/Connection o TWINAXIAL DLC o APPN Network Node o Gateway o X.25 o ISDN o IDLC DLC The following list indicates restrictions on response files which are used to install or update a CM/2 Distributed Feature workstation using the CMLAN /R command. o CMUpdateType = 4 is not allowed o CMUserCFG must be specified when CMUpdateType = 1 or 2 o CMWorkstationType is ignored o CMModelCFG is ignored o CMSource is ignored o CMInstallConfigDialog is ignored o CMServer is ignored o All configuration keywords are ignored ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4. Using the CMRECORD Utility ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The CMRECORD utility generates a Communications Manager response file from the default configuration and the installation parameters of the workstation on which it is run, or from any existing Communications Manager configuration. CMRECORD ignores keylock, allowing you to create a response file from a keylocked configuration. The response file generated by CMRECORD is not complete to use with the CMSETUP /R command. You must edit the response file to add the appropriate update type (CMUpdateType) or additional control keyword entries. For example, you might enter the following: CMRECORD MYFILE.CFG /O CONFIG1.RSP /M MYMODEL.FIL where MYFILE.CFG is the configuration you want to record, /O CONFIG1.RSP is the name of the output file, and /M MYMODEL.FIL is the name of the model response file. For the syntax and parameter descriptions for this utility, refer to CMRECORD in the Command Reference. Related topics: Steps to build a response file Control or location pointer keywords (for example: CMUpdateType) CMSETUP Response file structure Response file syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1. Steps to Build a Response File with CMRECORD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To build a response file using the CMRECORD utility, follow these steps: 1. Start from an OS/2 command prompt. 2. Type CMRECORD cfg_name, where cfg_name is the name of the configuration that you want to record. The CMRECORD utility creates a response file. Any messages or warnings concerning the response file are placed in the file as comments. Edit the response file and add the CMUpdateType keyword to indicate what you want the response file to do. Also add any other keywords like CMModelCFG, CMUserCFG, CMStopCommunications, and add or change any other keywords you want the response file to process. Related topics: Control or location pointer keywords (for example: CMUpdateType) Writing CMRECORD errors to a disk file CMRECORD Keyword reference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.2. Writing CMRECORD Errors to a Disk File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The CMRECORD utility writes errors to STDOUT (usually the screen). To write errors to a disk file, invoke CMRECORD as follows: CMRECORD command_line_parms >error.log where error.log is the name of the file where the errors are written. Related topics: Steps to build a response file CMRECORD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5. Using CMSETUP or CMLAN with Response Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ You use the CMSETUP command to configure Communications Manager using the Presentation Manager interface or with a response file. You can also use the CMLAN command to install a CM/2 Distributed Feature workstation with or without a response file. For example, to install Communications Manager using a response file, you might enter the following: CMSETUP /R A:PERSONAL (Single user workstation) CMLAN /R A:PERSONAL (CM/2 Distributed Feature workstation) This example would install Communications Manager to a drive on your workstation. The response file named PERSONAL.RSP is located in drive A. For the syntax and parameter descriptions for these commands, refer to CMSETUP or CMLAN in the Command Reference. Related topics: Steps to install or configure using CMSETUP or CMLAN User exits Assigning values during response file installation CMRECORD Communication Manager/2 Distributed Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1. Steps to Install or Configure Using CMSETUP or CMLAN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ You may use the CMSETUP or CMLAN commands to configure or install Communications Manager with a response file. To configure or install Communications Manager using a response file, follow these steps: 1. Start from a command prompt. a. Type CMSETUP /R config.rsp, where config.rsp is the name of the configuration response file. b. Type CMLAN /R config.rsp, where config.rsp is the name of the configuration response file. The Communications Manager CMSETUP or CMLAN program window appears and is replaced by a window that displays a progress bar. As CMSETUP or CMLAN processes the response file, the Currently field displays the stage of the response file processing, such as reading the response file. Additional windows and messages may display to the user during this process. To configure and install Communications Manager/2 automatically (without user interaction) you can set an environment variable called REMOTE_INSTALL_STATE to zero before starting CMSETUP /R. When REMOTE_INSTALL_STATE is set to zero in the environment, CMSETUP suppresses windows and messages which require user interaction. If you want to run CMSETUP /R from a .CMD file or to prevent the pop-up messages and windows from appearing, type set REMOTE_INSTALL_STATE=0 on the command line before you type the CMSETUP /R command. To set the REMOTE_INSTALL_STATE environment variable to zero use the following command: set REMOTE_INSTALL_STATE=0 2. When the installation or configuration is complete, the command prompt reappears. 3. View the response file log, CMRINST.LOG, for any errors that may have occurred during response file processing. Additional information might be in the FFST/2 message log or the system error log or both. Related topics: User exits Assigning values during response file installation CMSETUP Installation return codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2. Assigning Values During Response File Installation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ You may assign response file values when you start response file installation. The order of precedence for input values, from highest to lowest, is: 1. Values specified on the command line, for example, the source path This allows the redirection utility on the host or server, which builds some path information during response file installation, to assign these values. 2. Values given in the response file If response file installation encounters duplicate keywords for a single value, it assigns the last value found. 3. Values taken from the model configuration file 4. Communications Manager defaults When a list keyword is processed, it does not have to contain the complete set of keyword and value pairs that are valid for the keyword. For keyword objects that already exist in the configuration, keyword values that are not specified in the response file remain unchanged. Newly created keyword objects are assigned the Communications Manager defaults. Related topic: CMSETUP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3. User Exits ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Two user exits are supported during the response file installation process: one after the backup step but before the configuration file is opened, and one after the configuration file has been updated with the response file values but before installation. User exits may give an integer return code back to response file installation upon their completion. The return code received is recorded in the response file installation log file, and any return code which is greater than or equal to 8 causes the response file installation to terminate abnormally at that point. Related topics: First user exit Second user exit Installation return codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.1. First User Exit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The first user exit, specified by the UserExit keyword, is performed before the configuration file specified in the response file is processed. It may be used to perform additional backups, cancel certain processes, or perform any other general purpose function you want to initiate, including prompting for user input. If prompting is done, the workstation must be attended by a user to respond to the prompt. Related topics: User exits Second user exit Installation return codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.3.2. Second User Exit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The second user exit, specified by the CMUserExit keyword, is performed after the configuration file changes specified in the response file have been made. If the CMRecordForUserExit keyword is given, the user exit program may use the response file (as created by CMRECORD) as input and may generate an exit response file as output to further customize the user's configuration. The exit response file must have the name CMUSERX.RSP. This exit response file may also modify selected installation keywords. Related topics: User exits First user exit Installation return codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.4. Response File Installation Return Codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Communications Manager response file installation returns the codes listed in the following tables: Log messages can be found in \CMLIB or either CM.LOG, CMRINST.LOG or both, depending on the type of error received. ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéHex ΓöéDecimalΓöéReturn Code Description Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Success Codes ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéX'00 00'Γöé0 ΓöéResponse file installation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöécompleted successfully. CheckΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöéthe log files for details. Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX'FE 00'Γöé-512 ΓöéResponse file installation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöécompleted successfully. Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéRestart the workstation to useΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéCommunications Manager. CheckΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöéthe log files for details. Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX'FF 01'Γöé-255 ΓöéResponse file installation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöépartially completed on a low Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéboot space system. Restart Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéthe workstation and call Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéCMSETUP again from the target Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöésource to complete the Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéinstallation process. Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Warning Codes ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéX'FE 04'Γöé-508 ΓöéResponse file installation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöécompleted with warnings. Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéRestart the workstation to useΓöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéCommunications Manager. CheckΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöéthe log files for details. Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX'00 04'Γöé4 ΓöéResponse file installation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöécompleted; however, warnings Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéoccurred. Check the log files Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéfor details. Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Severe Error Codes ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéX'0C 00'Γöé3072 ΓöéResponse file processing Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéfailed. Errors occurred. Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéCheck the log file CMRINST.LOGΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöéfor details. Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX'0C 04'Γöé3076 ΓöéResponse file installation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéfailed during configuration. Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéErrors occurred. Check the Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöélog file CMRINST.LOG for Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöédetails. Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX'0C 08'Γöé3080 ΓöéInstallation failed before Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéreading the response file. Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéCheck the installation log Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéfile CM.LOG for details. Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX'0C 0C'Γöé3084 ΓöéResponse file installation Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéfailed. Errors occurred. Γöé Γöé Γöé ΓöéCheck the log files for Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöédetails. Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX'16 00'Γöé5632 ΓöéIncorrect program invocation; Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéprobably an incorrect Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéparameter on the SETUP commandΓöé Γöé Γöé Γöéline. Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéX 'FF Γöé-248 ΓöéResponse file installation Γöé Γöé08' Γöé Γöéfailed. A reboot is required Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéto refresh files. Restart the Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéworkstation. Check the log Γöé Γöé Γöé Γöéfiles for details. Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Related topics: First user exit Second user exit CMSETUP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6. Sample Response Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ There are sample response file programs and response file templates on the Communications Manager/2 Network Administrator Sample Programs diskette. The sample response files assign actual values to the keywords in order to illustrate how different configurations are created. The response file templates contain all keywords with brief comments for each keyword. No values are assigned to the keywords in the template files. You may also view sample response files for: o New installation o Installation upgrade o Adding or deleting a feature o Changing an existing configuration Note: All samples are only for illustration and are not complete response files. The samples might need modification or additional keywords for your particular environment. ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1. Sample Response Files on Diskette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Samples response files on the diskette are: ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFile Name ΓöéFeature Configured or Γöé Γöé ΓöéIllustrated Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéS3270TR.RSP Γöé3270 Token Ring Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéS3270DFT.RSP Γöé3270 DFT Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéS5250TR.RSP Γöé5250 Token Ring Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSGATEWAY.RSP ΓöéGateway Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSIMPGW.RSP ΓöéImplicit Gateway Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSAPPC.RSP ΓöéAPPC Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSMULTPU.RSP ΓöéMultiple PU Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSX25HOST.RSP ΓöéX.25 communications to host Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSX25PR1.RSP ΓöéX.25 communications to peer Γöé Γöé Γöéworkstation Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSX25PR2.RSP ΓöéX.25 communications to peer Γöé Γöé Γöéworkstation Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSACDI.RSP ΓöéACDI Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéS3270CFG.RSP ΓöéUsing COPY and CMUpdateType=4 Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSMODEL.RSP ΓöéUsing a model configuration toΓöé Γöé Γöéset up workstations Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSINCLUDE.RSP ΓöéUsing INCLUDE keyword and a Γöé Γöé Γöémodel response file to set up Γöé Γöé Γöéworkstations Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSSRCCFG.RSP ΓöéSOURCE_CFG (copying remapped Γöé Γöé Γöékeyboards) Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéS3270UPD.RSP ΓöéChanging individual items in aΓöé Γöé Γöéconfiguration Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSISDN.RSP ΓöéISDN configuration with Γöé Γöé Γöéconnection manager call Γöé Γöé Γöédirectory records Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSISDNDEF.RSP ΓöéContains default incoming and Γöé Γöé Γöéoutgoing call directory types Γöé Γöé Γöéfor ISDN connection manager Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSSERVER.RSP ΓöéInstalling a server for Γöé Γöé ΓöéDistributed Feature support Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSCFGDIST.RSP ΓöéCreating a configuration for aΓöé Γöé Γöédistributed workstation Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéSINSDIST.RSP ΓöéInstalling a distributed Γöé Γöé Γöéworkstation Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Related topics: Sample response files Response file templates on diskette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2. Response File Templates on Diskette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The response file templates on the diskette are: ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöéFile Name ΓöéFeature Included Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_SAMP.RSP ΓöéAll features Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_INST.RSP ΓöéAll installation features Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_CFG.RSP ΓöéAll configuration features Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_ADDL.RSP ΓöéAdditional function Γöé Γöé Γöéinstallation keywords Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_FFST.RSP ΓöéFFST/2 installation Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_WKST.RSP ΓöéWorkstation Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_DLC.RSP ΓöéDLC Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_3270.RSP Γöé3270 emulation Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_5250.RSP Γöé5250 emulation Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_KBD.RSP ΓöéKeyboard Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_SRPI.RSP ΓöéSRPI Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_APPN.RSP ΓöéAPPN and APPC Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_LUA.RSP ΓöéLUA Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_GATE.RSP ΓöéGateway Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_X25.RSP ΓöéX.25 Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_ACDI.RSP ΓöéACDI Γöé Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ ΓöéCM_ISDN.RSP ΓöéISDN Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Related topics: Sample response files Sample response files on diskette ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.3. Sample Response File for a New Installation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This sample response file is for a new installation of 3270 emulation over a coaxial (DFT) connection. The model configuration file has already defined all the parameters except those that are specific to the target machine. ************************************************************************ * * * Sample Communications Manager Installation Response File * * for new installation of 3270 emulation. * * * ************************************************************************ *-------------------------------------------------- * "Installation" responses *-------------------------------------------------- * New CM Installation CMUpdateType = 1 * Source of CM/2 source diskettes CMSource = X:\IMAGES\CM20LIB * Target for CM/2 installation CMTarget = C: * Model Config File CMModelCFG = X:\CMLIB\MODEL * User Config File CMUserCFG = PERSONAL * Copy these customer-specific files during installation Copy = X:\README.DAT C:\CMLIB Copy = X:\README.EXE C:\CMLIB * Included response file * Include = *-------------------------------------------------- * "Features" & "Exits" responses *-------------------------------------------------- CMInstallConfigDialog = 1 CMInstallKeyBdRemap = 0 * UserExit is called at the start of installation UserExit = X:\CM20LIB\CMEXIT Param1 Param2 * CMUserExit is called before copying files from source to target CMUserExit = X:\CM20LIB\CMEXIT2 /switch1 /switch2 Param1 *-------------------------------------------------- * "Configuration" responses *-------------------------------------------------- workstation = ( comment = MY MACHINE load_sna_appc = 1 ) 3270_session = ( name = a long_session_name = SESSIONA session_autostart = 1 show_window = 1 space_size = 3 emu_type = 1 nau_address = 2 host_link_name = NR34023R title_bar = 2 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.4. Sample Response File for an Installation Upgrade ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This sample response file is for upgrading a backlevel installation (CMUpdateType=2). All optionally installable features must be restated in a response file on an upgrade, or the default is used. Sample Response File for Upgrading an Installation ************************************************************************ * * * Sample Communications Manager Installation Response File * * * ************************************************************************ *-------------------------------------------------- * "Installation" responses *-------------------------------------------------- * Upgrade from previous release CMUpdateType = 2 *-------------------------------------------------- * "Features" & "Exits" responses *-------------------------------------------------- CMInstallMessageReference = 0 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.5. Sample Response File for Adding or Deleting a Feature ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This sample response file is used to add or delete a feature. In this example, Communications Manager is already installed and configured, and the administrator is merely deleting two 3270 sessions. This sample response file updates the configuration file (CMUpdateType=3). Sample Response File for Adding or Deleting a Feature ************************************************************************ * * * Sample Communications Manager Installation Response File * * * ************************************************************************ *-------------------------------------------------- * "Installation" responses *-------------------------------------------------- * Configuration update CMUpdateType = 3 * User Config File CMUserCFG = C:\CMLIB\PERSONAL *-------------------------------------------------- * "Configuration" responses *-------------------------------------------------- 3270_session = ( name = e delete ) 3270_session = ( name = f delete ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.6. Sample Response File for Changing an Existing Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This sample response file is used to change an existing configuration. In this example, Communications Manager is already installed and configured, and the administrator is merely changing the value of a configured keyword in the configuration file (CMUpdateType=4). Notice that no code is installed if the configuration adds a feature that is not installed. A CMUpdateType of 3 is used if code is to be installed if a feature is added to the configuration. Note: This update type may be used to write a configuration to be used on other workstations. Sample Response File for Changing an Existing Configuration ************************************************************************ * * * Sample Communications Manager Installation Response File * * * * * ************************************************************************ *-------------------------------------------------- * "Installation" responses *-------------------------------------------------- * Configuration update CMUpdateType = 4 * User Config File CMUserCFG = C:\CMLIB\PERSONAL *-------------------------------------------------- * "Configuration" responses *-------------------------------------------------- workstation = ( comment = NEW COMMENT FOR MY MACHINE ) 3270_session = ( name = a protected_field_alarm = 2 screen_update_alarm = 2 host_alarm = 2 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7. Response File Keyword Reference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ o Installation Keywords o Workstation Keywords o DLC Keywords o 3270 Emulation Keywords o 5250 Emulation Keywords o Keyboard Keywords o APPN Keywords o LUA Keywords o Gateway Keywords o SRPI Keywords o X.25 Keywords o ACDI Keywords o ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8. Installation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the Communications Manager installation keywords and options. The installation keywords are presented according to their function. These functions are: o File manipulation keywords o Control or location pointer keywords o Additional function selection keywords - installation o Additional function selection keywords - removal o First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords o Installation options keywords Note: Some of the installation keywords cannot be used in a response file created by the CMUserExit keyword. The defaults given are for a new installation. ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1. File Manipulation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY INCLUDE Related Topics: Response file keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Names the source file and destination directory of a file to be copied during installation. Any errors received are logged and ignored. There may be multiple occurrences of this keyword. Values filespec path, where filespec specifies the source file and path specifies the target drive and directory One possible use of this keyword is to install ISDN configuration files by copying them. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.2. INCLUDE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INCLUDE Names another response file to include in the current one. Values filespec, where filespec specifies the file to include. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2. Control or Location Pointer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMUpdateType CMModelCFG CMUserCFG CMDefaultConfig CMSource CMTarget UserExit CMUserExit CMRecordforUserExit CMWorkstationType ConfigSysLine Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.1. CMUpdateType ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMUpdateType Specifies the operation to be preformed. This keyword must be specified in the response file. When you create a response file with the CMRECORD utility, you must add CMUpdateType and a value. When CMUpdateType is 1 or 2, run CMSETUP from the diskette images or diskettes. When CMUpdateType is 3 through 6, run CMSETUP from the installed workstation. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Values 0=No Communications Manager processing preformed. If given, response file installation does not perform installation or configuration; in effect, the rest of the response file is ignored. 1=New installation (or complete reinstallation). This value is used to install Communications Manager on a drive where it does not exist. It ignores an installation that exist on another target drive. This value can also be used to completely reinstall Communications Manager from the diskettes or diskette images. 2=Upgrade from a previous version installation 3=Configuration change (with installation) or new configuration with new changes 4=Configuration change (no installation performed). Response file installation does not install the configured features, and the given configuration file does not become the current configuration. This is useful if you want to create or modify a configuration for another workstation. When you use this update type, other keywords in the response file for FFST/2 options or optionally installable functions are ignored. 5=Refresh configuration (forced reinstallation of all features from diskette or image). The communications features configured in the workstation's default configuration are reinstalled from diskette or diskette images. This is useful if the product files were corrupted. The only other keywords used for this case are CMStopCommunications, CMSource, CMTarget, UserExit, and CMUserExit. 6=Cleanup configuration (removes code not required by default configuration). The communications features that are installed, but not configured, in the workstation's default configuration are removed from the workstation. This is useful to recover space on the target drive when a feature is no longer needed. The only other keywords used for this case are CMStopCommunications, CMTarget, UserExit, and CMUserExit. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.2. CMWorkstationType ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMWorkstationType Selects the type of Communications Manager workstation being configured. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Note: This keyword is restricted for Distributed Feature Support. Values Specify a value of 1 or 4 1 = Single user 4 = Distributed Feature Workstation The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords Distributed Features ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3. CMModelCFG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMModelCFG Specifies the location of the model configuration. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Values filespec, where filespec specifies the configuration file name (without an extension), the source drive, and the directory (optional). The default for CMModelCFG is to use the user's configuration (CMUserCFG) as the model if it specifies an existing configuration. If CMUserCFG specifies a new configuration file, an empty configuration is the model. If the drive and path are not specified, the /R, /G, and DPATH directories are searched for an existing configuration to use as the model. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.4. CMUserCFG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMUserCFG Names the user's configuration that the response file creates or modifies. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Values The CMUserCFG value may specify the drive and path as part of the configuration name. If CMModelCFG is not specified, the CMUserCFG will be used as the model and searched for. If the drive and path are not specified, the /R, /G, and DPATH directory are searched for an existing configuration to use as the model. If CMUpdateType = 1 through 3, the resulting configuration will always be placed in the /CMLIB directory. For CMUpdateType = 4, the resulting configuration will be placed to the location specified in CMUserCFG. If neither CMModelCFG or CMUserCFG is specified, the user's default configuration is used. If Communications Manager is not yet installed, the default name of ACSCFG is used. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.5. CMDefaultConfig ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMDefaultConfig Replaces the default configuration file with this on, thus making it the default. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N=No 1 or Y=Yes If CMUpdateType is 1 or 2, the default for CMDefaultConfig = 1 If CMUpdateType is 3 or 4, the default for CMDefaultConfig = 0 Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.6. CMSource ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMSource Specifies the location of the Communications Manager diskette or diskette images. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Values path, where path specifies the drive and directory If /S is not used on the CMSETUP command, then the default is the directory from which CMSETUP is running. If /S is used, it overrides this keyword. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.7. CMTarget ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMTarget Specifies the target drive for the Communications Manager configuration. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Values drive, where drive specifies the target drive for the Communications Manager configuration. The default is the drive on which Communications Manager is currently installed. If Communications Manager is not installed, the default is the OS/2 boot drive. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.8. UserExit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ UserExit Specifies an optional user exit to a program that you supply, which remote installation calls after reading the response files, but before upgrading or updating the configuration file. Only one user exit is allowed before configuration. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Values (optional path) exitname and parameters The default is no exit. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.9. CMUserExit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMUserExit Specifies an optional user exit to a program that you supply, which remote installation calls after configuration, but before copying files from the source to the target. Only one user exit is allowed after configuration. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Values (optional path) exitname and parameters The default is no exit. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.10. CMRecordforUserExit ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRecordforUserExit Records the configuration into a file (response file format, named CMRECORD.RSP) after configuration changes in the response file, but before CMUserExit is called. This allows CMUserExit to read and parse this file to determine the present configuration details. The user exit program can input changes through the CMUSERX.RSP file. The CMRECORD.RSP file is erased after the response file processing has completed. This keyword is used only when CMUserExit is given a value. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.11. ConfigSysLine ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigSysLine Specifies a text line to be appended or replaced to CONFIG.SYS. No validity checking is done. The statements entered in CONFIG.SYS must be correct. You can use this keyword more than once in the response file. Values Text of CONFIG.SYS line. There is no default. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3. Additional Function Selection keywords - Installation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallSSM CMInstallKeyBdRemap CMInstallROPS CMROPLINILocation CMInstallPD CMInstallCommandReference CMInstallPDGuide CMInstallMessageReference CMInstallOverview CMInstallGlossary CMInstallKeylock CMInstallConfigDialog CMInstallFMA CMInstallUPM CMServer Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - removal Additional function selection keywords - installation First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.1. CMInstallSSM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallSSM Installs Subsystem Management. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default for installing Subsystem Management is dependent upon other conditions of what features are installed. This conditions may be found in the Install Driver's design. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.2. CMInstallKeyBdRemap ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallKeyBdRemap Installs the Keyboard Remap feature. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.3. CMInstallROPS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallROPS Installs the Remote Operations code. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.4. CMROPSINILocation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMROPSINILocation Specifies the location of the Remote Operations (ROP) Service files (ROP.INI and RTR.INI) to be copied to the workstation. Only valid if CMInstallROPS=1 or if ROP Service is already installed If not provided, no ROPS.INI files are copied. The .INI files using default values are built the first time ROP Service is used Values drive and directory or type an asterisk (*) to search the DPATH for the first occurrence of the files. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.5. CMInstallPD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallPD Specifies whether to install Problem Determination Aids. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.6. CMInstallCommandReference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallCommandReference Specifies whether to install Command Reference. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.7. CMInstallMessageReference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallMessageReference Specifies whether to install Message Reference. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.8. CMInstallOverview ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallOverview Specifies whether to install Overview. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.9. CMInstallGlossary ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallGlossary Specifies whether to install Glossary. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.10. CMInstallKeylock ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallKeylock Specifies whether to install the Keylock function. To prevent users from changing a configuration, the administrator can set CMInstallKeylock=0 (No) and CMInstallConfigDialog=0 (No), so that the user does not have access to the configuration file from Communications Manager windows, and so that keylock cannot be used on the workstation. The configuration can still be modified by using the response files or editing the .NDF file and using the CMVERIFY command. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.11. CMInstallConfigDialog ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallConfigDialog Specifies whether to install the configuration interface. To prevent users from changing a configuration, the administrator can set CMInstallKeylock=0 (No) and CMInstallConfigDialog=0 (No), so that the user does not have access to the configuration file from Communications Manager windows, and so that keylock cannot be used on the workstation. The configuration can still be modified by using the response files or editing the .NDF file and using the CMVERIFY command. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.12. CMInstallPDGuide ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallPDGuide Specifies whether to install Problem Determination Guide. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.13. CMInstallFMA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. CMInstallFMA Specify whether to install Font Management Aid (FMA). FMA can only be installed on a workstation if a 5250 session is installed or is being configured. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.14. CMInstallUPM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallUPM Specifies whether to install UPM (User Profile Management). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1 if a 5250 session is installed or is configured. If not, the default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.15. CMServer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMServer Specifies whether to install code server files for Communication Manager's Distributed Feature and generate a report. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No (Do not install code server files) 1 or Y = Yes (Install code server files and generate report) The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4. Additional Function Selection keywords - Removal ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveSSM CMRemoveKeyBdRemap CMRemoveROPS CMRemovePD CMRemoveCommandReference CMRemovePDGuide CMRemoveMessageReference CMRemoveOverview CMRemoveGlossary CMRemoveKeylock CMRemoveConfigDialog CMRemoveFMA Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.1. CMRemoveSSM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveSSM Specify whether to remove Subsystem Management. CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.2. CMRemoveKeyBdRemap ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveKeyBdRemap Specify whether to remove the keyboard remap feature. CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.3. CMRemoveROPS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveROPS Specify whether to remove the remote operations system code. CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.4. CMRemovePD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemovePD Specify whether to remove the problem determination aids. CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.5. CMRemoveCommandReference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveCommandReference Specify whether to remove the Command Reference CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.6. CMRemoveMessageReference ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveMessageReference Specify whether to remove the Message Reference CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.7. CMRemoveKeylock ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveKeylock Specify whether to remove the configuration keylock function. CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.8. CMRemoveConfigDialog ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveconfigDialog Specify whether to remove configuration dialog. CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.9. CMRemoveGlossary ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveGlossary Specify whether to remove the Glossary CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.10. CMRemoveOverview ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemoveOverview Specify whether to remove the Overview CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.11. CMRemoveFMA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. CMRemoveFMA Specify whether to remove Font Management Aid (FMA) CMRECORD will not record this keyword. If both installation and removal keywords are yes (1 or Y) for a particular feature, the last keyword encountered in a response file will have precedence. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.12. CMRemovePDGuide ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMRemovePDGuide Specifies whether to remove the problem Determination Guide. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5. First Failure Support Technology/2 Options Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigSystemMaxDumps ConfigSystemDumpPath ConfigApplMaxDumps ConfigApplDumpPath ConfigMsgLogName ConfigWsType1 ConfigWsType2 ConfigWsSerial1 ConfigWsSerial2 ConfigWsld ConfigDisplayMSG Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.1. ConfigSystemMaxDumps ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigSystemMaxDumps Sets MAXSYSDUMP, which determines the number of system software dumps to be kept. Values Specify an integer (8 through 99) The default is 32. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.2. ConfigSystemDumpPath ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigSystemDumpPath Sets SYSDUMPPATH, which determines the directory where system software dumps are kept. Values Specify a fully qualified path. The default is C:\OS2\SYSTEM. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.3. ConfigApplMaxDumps ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigApplMaxDumps Sets MAXAPLDUMP, which determines the number of application software dumps to be kept. Values Specify an integer (8 through 99) The default is 32. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.4. ConfigApplDumpPath ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigApplDumpPath Sets APLDUMPPATH, which determines the directory where application software dumps are kept. Values Specify a fully qualified path. The default is C:\OS2\SYSTEM. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.5. ConfigMsgLogName ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigMsgLogName Sets MLOGNAME, which determines the name of the message log to be used. Values Specify a fully qualified name. The default is C:\OS2\SYSTEM\OS2MLOG.DAT. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.6. ConfigWsType1 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigWsType1 First part of the workstation type (for example, for 8570-E61, specify 8570). Values 1 through 4 of the following characters: numbers (0-9), uppercase letters (A-Z) Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.7. ConfigWsType2 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigWsType2 Last part of the workstation type (for example, for 8570-E61, specify E61). Values 1 through 3 of the following characters: numbers (0-9), uppercase letters (A-Z) Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.8. ConfigWsSerial1 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigWsSerial1 Specifies the first part of the workstation serial number. Values 1 or 2 of the following characters: numbers (0-9), uppercase letters (A-Z) Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.9. ConfigWsSerial2 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigWsSerial2 Specifies the last part of the workstation serial number. Values 1 through 7 of the following characters: numbers (0-9), uppercase letters (A-Z) Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.10. ConfigWsld ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigWsld Specifies a unique workstation name. This name is used to identify the workstation for network management purposes when the workstation is not configured for SNA network management. Values 1 through 8 of the following characters: numbers (0-9), uppercase letters (A-Z) Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.5.11. ConfigDisplayMsg ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ConfigDisplayMsg Specifies whether error messages will be displayed. This does not affect the logging of messages. The current version of Communication Manager must be 1.0 or greater. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.6. Installation Options ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallFolders CMInstallCurrentFeatures CMStopCommunications Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.6.1. CMInstallFolders ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallFolders Specifies whether to reinstall the folders for Communications Manager, FFST/2, and User Profile Management Services. This keyword can be used if the folders were corrupted or accidentally removed from a machine. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.6.2. CMInstallCurrentFeatures ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMInstallCurrentFeatures Reinstalls any Communication Manager features that are currently installed. This function is only supported on an upgrade or a reinstall (CMUpdateType = 1 or 2). The currently installed version of Communication Manager must be version 1.0 or greater. Values Specify an integer (0 through 2). 0 = No, do not reinstall features 1 = Yes, if the keyword can be supported, otherwise the reinstall will fail. 2 = Yes, continue if the function is not successful and log a warning If the keyword is not specified, then the default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.6.3. CMStopCommunications ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMStopCommunications Stops Communications Manager if it is running. This keyword is not valid on an upgrade (CMUpdateType=2) from a release prior to Extended Services 1.0. This keyword is not allowed to be specified in the optional (created by CMUserExit) response file (CMUSERX.RSP). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Response file keywords File manipulation keywords Control or location pointer keywords Additional function selection keywords - installation Additional function selection keywords - removal First Failure Support Technology/2 (FFST/2) Options keywords Installation options keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9. Workstation Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a workstation record, use the WORKSTATION keyword. You can define one workstation record. The following is an example: workstation = ( comment = This is my workstation profile load_sna_appc = Y load_acdi = y load_srpi = 1 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1. Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT TRANS_TABLE LOAD_SNA_APPC LOAD_SRPI LOAD_X25_API LOAD_ACDI USE_ACDI_API USE_ARTIC_ADAPTER_WITHOUT_X25 USE_LAN_PROTOCOLS_USING_ISDN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the workstation profile. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: Workstation Records Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.2. TRANS_TABLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TRANS_TABLE Names the translations table to be used for the workstation. Values 1 through 12 character file name Related Topics: Workstation Records Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.3. LOAD_SNA_APPC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOAD_SNA_APPC Specifies whether to load SNA/APPC services (if configured). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Workstation Records Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.4. LOAD_SRPI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOAD_SRPI Specifies whether to load SRPI services (if configured). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Workstation Records Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.5. LOAD_X25_API ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOAD_X25_API Specifies whether to load X.25 services (if configured). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Workstation Records Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.6. LOAD_ACDI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOAD_ACDI Specifies whether to load ACDI services (if configured). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: Workstation Records Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.7. USE_ACDI_API ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USE _API Indicates usage of the ACDI API. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Workstation Records Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.8. USE_ARTIC_ADAPTER_WITHOUT_X25 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USE _ARTIC_ADAPTER_WITHOUT_X25 Indicates usage of the ARTIC Adapter. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Workstation Records Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.9. USE_LAN_PROTOCOLS_USING_ISDN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USE _LAN_PROTOCOLS_USING_ISDN Indicates usage of the LAN protocols using ISDN. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: Workstation Records Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10. DLC Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes configuration keywords for the DLC records. The DLC records are: o SDLC DLC o LAN DLC o Twinaxial DLC o X.25 DLC o IDLC DLC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1. SDLC DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an SDLC DLC record, use the SDLC_DLC keyword. You can define record numbers 0 and 1 for SDLC or record numbers 2 through 127 for SDLC using ISDN. The following is an example: sdlc_dlc = ( name = 0 free_link = n link_station_role = 3 accept_call = n ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.1. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The General keywords for SDLC DLC Records are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the adapter number. You must specify this field in the response file. Values Specify an integer 0 or 1 (2 through 127 for ISDN) Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record DELETE COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record NAME COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values Specify an integer 0 or 1 (2 through 127 for ISDN) Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record NAME DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2. SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The following are the SDLC DLC keywords: COMMENT ISDN FREE_LINK MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE SEND_COUNT RECEIVE_COUNT LINE_TYPE LINK_STATION_ROLE LINE_MODE NRZI MODEM_RATE DSR_TIMEOUT LOCAL_STATION_ADDRESS XID_REPOLL_COUNT NON_XID_REPOLL_COUNT ACCEPT_CALL ISDN_INCOMING_DIR XID_IMMEDIATE_RESPONSE MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the SDLC record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.2. ISDN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN Specifies whether ISDN is used. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. ISDN=1 is implied if adapter number (NAME) is greater than 1 and cannot be set to 0. Note: If 1 (Yes) is specified, select Modifying PROTOCOL.INI file, for additional information about modifying the PROTOCOL.INI file remotely. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords Modifying PROTOCOL.INI File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.3. FREE_LINK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FREE_LINK Determines the use of the Free unused link option. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.4. MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE Specifies the maximum I-field size. Values Specify an integer (265 through 4105). The default is 1033. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.5. SEND_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SEND_COUNT Sets the Send window count. Values Specify an integer (1 through 7). The default is 7. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.6. RECEIVE_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RECEIVE_COUNT Sets the Receive window count. Values Specify an integer (1 through 7). The default is 7. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.7. LINE_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINE_TYPE Specifies the line type. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Switched 2 = Nonswitched The default is: 1 (switched) if adapter number (NAME) is 0 or 1 2 (nonswitched) if adapter number (NAME) is greater than 1 LINE_TYPE must have a value of 2 (Nonswitched) if adapter number is greater than 1. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.8. LINK_STATION_ROLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_STATION_ROLE Specifies the link station role. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Secondary 2 = Primary 3 = Negotiable The default is 3. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.9. LINE_MODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINE_MODE Sets the line mode. This option does not apply if adapter number (NAME) is greater than 1. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Half duplex 2 = Full duplex The default is 1. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.10. NRZI ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NRZI Specifies the use of the Non-Return-to-Zero inverted option. This option does not apply if adapter number (NAME) is greater than 1. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.11. MODEM_RATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MODEM_RATE Specifies the modem rate. This option does not apply if adapter number (NAME) is greater than 1. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Full speed 2 = Half speed The default is 1. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.12. DSR_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DSR_TIMEOUT Specifies the Data Set Ready time-out. This option does not apply if adapter number (NAME) is greater than 1, or if LINE_TYPE=2 (Nonswitched). Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 5. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.13. LOCAL_STATION_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOCAL_STATION_ADDRESS Specifies the local station address. Values 2-digit hexadecimal number (01 through FE). The default is 01. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.14. XID_REPOLL_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ XID_REPOLL_COUNT Sets the XID repoll count. This option does not apply if LINK_STATION_ROLE=1 (Secondary). Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). XID_REPOLL_COUNT must be greater than 0 if LINE_TYPE=1 (Switched) and LINK_STATION_ROLE is not equal 1 (Secondary). The default is 10. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.15. NON_XID_REPOLL_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NON_XID_REPOLL_COUNT Sets the Non-XID repoll count. This option does not apply if LINK_STATION_ROLE=1 (Secondary). Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 10. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.16. ACCEPT_CALL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ACCEPT_CALL Determines whether incoming calls are accepted. This option does not apply if adapter number (NAME) = 0 or 1. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.17. ISDN_INCOMING_DIR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_INCOMING_DIR Specifies the Incoming call routing table entry name. You must specify this keyword when creating a record. if the adapter number (NAME) is greater than 1 and ACCEPT_CALL=1 (Yes). This option does not apply if adapter number (NAME) = 0 or 1. The ISDN_INCOMING_DIR name must be unique among all virtual port records (IDLC_DLC, SDLC_DLC, and X25_LINK). Values 1 through 15 Type IA5 characters Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.18. XID_IMMEDIATE_RESPONSE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ XID_IMMEDIATE_RESPONSE Sends the XID response immediately. This field is ignored if LINK_STATION_ROLE is 2 (Primary). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.19. MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS Specify the number of attempts to activate a link connection. Values Specify an integer (0 through 99). 0 = No limit The default is 10. Related Topics: SDLC DLC Record General Keywords SDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3. LAN DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a LAN DLC record, use the LAN_DLC keyword. You can define a maximum of two LAN DLC records. The following is an example: lan_dlc = ( name = 0 adapter_type = 2 max_link_station = 255 free_link = y ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.1. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for Lan DLC are: o NAME o DELETE Related Topics: LAN DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the adapter number. You must specify this field in the response file. Values Specify an integer (0 or 1). Related Topics: LAN DLC Record DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: LAN DLC Record NAME LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4. LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The LAN DLC keywords are: ADAPTER_TYPE MAX_LINK_STATION PER_INCOMING_CALLS FREE_LINK MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE SEND_COUNT RECEIVE_COUNT CASM_LAN_ID SEND_ALART LINK_ESTABLISHMENT_RETRANSMISSION MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLD LOCAL_SAP Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.1. ADAPTER_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ADAPTER_TYPE Specifies the network adapter type. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = PC Network 2 = IBM Token-Ring Network 3 = ETHERAND Network The default is 2. Note: For DBCS systems, integer 1 cannot be selected. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.2. MAX_LINK_STATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_LINK_STATION Sets the maximum number of link stations. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 4. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.3. PER_INCOMING_CALLS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PER_INCOMING_CALLS Specifies the percentage of incoming calls. Values Specify an integer (0 through 100). The default is 0. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.4. FREE_LINK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FREE_LINK Determines whether to set the Free unused link option. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.5. MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE Specifies the maximum I-field size. Values Specify an integer (265 through 16393). If ADAPTER_TYPE=1 (PC Network), use a value from 265 through 1929. The default is 1929. If ADAPTER_TYPE=2 (IBM Token-Ring Network), use a value form 265 through 16393. The default is 1929. If ADAPTER_TYPE=3 (ETHERAND Network), use a value from 265 through 1417. The default is 1417. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.6. SEND_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SEND_COUNT Specifies the Send window count. Values Specify an integer (1 through 8). The default is 7. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.7. RECEIVE_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RECEIVE_COUNT Specifies the Receive window count. Values Specify an integer (1 through 8). The default is 7. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.8. CASM_LAN_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CASM_LAN_ID Specifies the Communications and System Management LAN ID. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The default is none. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.9. SEND_ALERT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SEND_ALERT Specifies whether to set the Send alert for beaconing option (only used when ADAPTER_TYPE=1 or 2). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.10. LINK_ESTABLISHMENT_RETRANSMISSION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_ESTABLISHMENT_RETRANSMISSION Specifies the number of attempts to retry an XID and test frames for a link. Values Specify an integer (1 through 127). The default is 8. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.11. MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS Specify the number of attempts to activate a link connection. Values Specify an integer (0 through 99). 0 = No limit The default is 0. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.12. RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLD Defines the number of times a remote workstation is polled for an acknowledgement when the logical link is active. Values Specify an integer (1 through 127). The default is 8. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.4.13. LOCAL_SAP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOCAL_SAP LOCAL_SAP (hex) defines the address of the service access point (SAP) that a remote workstation must use to communicate with your workstation. Values Specify an integer (X'04' through X'9C') The value you enter must be divisible by 4. The default is X'04'. Related Topics: LAN DLC Record General Keywords LAN DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.5. TWINAXIAL DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a twinaxial DLC record, use the TWINAX_DLC keyword. You can define one twinaxial DLC record. The following is an example: twinax_dlc = ( max_i_field_size = 4105 controller_address = 0 adapter_type = 2 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.5.1. General Keyword ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keyword for TWINAXIAL DLC is Delete. Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.5.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the twinaxial DLC record. Values N/A Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record Twinaxial DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6. Twinaxial DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The Twinaxial DLC keywords are: MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE CONTROLLER_ADDRESS ADAPTER_TYPE IO_PORT INT_LEVEL SHARED_RAM_LOCATION MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record General Keyword ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6.1. MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE Sets the twinaxial DLC record. Values Specify an integer (265 through 4105). The default is 1033. Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record General Keyword Twinaxial Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6.2. CONTROLLER_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CONTROLLER_ADDRESS Specifies the controller address. Values Specify an integer (0 through 6). The default is 0. Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record General Keyword Twinaxial Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6.3. ADAPTER_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ADAPTER_TYPE Specifies the adapter type. Values Specify an integer (1 through 4). 1 = IBM System/36 or System/38 Workstation 2 = Enhanced 5250 3 = 5250 Emulator Adapter/A 4 = 5250 Emulator PCMCIA Adapter The default is 1. Note: For DBCS systems, integer 2 cannot be selected. Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record General Keyword Twinaxial Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6.4. I0_PORT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ IO_PORT Specifies the I/O port. Values The value must be 2 hexadecimal characters (00 through FF). The default is 71. Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record General Keyword Twinaxial Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6.5. INT_LEVEL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INT_LEVEL Sets the hardware interrupt level. Values Specify an integer (2 through 7) The default is 5. Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record General Keyword Twinaxial Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6.6. SHARED_RAM_LOCATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SHARED_RAM_LOCATION Specifies the shared RAM location. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3) 1 = Use first available address 2 = CC000 3 = DC000 The default is 1. Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record General Keyword Twinaxial Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.6.7. MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS Specify the number of attempts to activate a link connection. Values Specify an integer (0 through 99). 0 = No limit The default is 0. Related Topics: Twinaxial DLC Record General Keywords Twinaxial DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.7. X.25 DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an X.25 DLC record, use the X25_DLC keyword. You can define a maximum of eight X.25 DLC records. The following is an example: x25_dlc = ( name = usncr342 calling_address_req = y negotiate_pkt_size = y negotiate_window_size = y comment = John Doe's XDLC record ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.7.1. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The gerneral keywords for X.25 DLC are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.7.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the X.25 DLC name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters, corresponding to an X.25 link record name. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.7.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.7.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8. X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The X.25 DLC keywords are: COMMENT FREE_LINK MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE NUMBER_INCOMING_LINKS CALLING_ADDRESS_REQ NEGOTIATE_PKT_SIZE NEGOTIATE_WINDOW_SIZE DEFAULT_LINK_STATION_ROLE DEFAULT_RETRY_COUNT DEFAULT_TIMEOUT ACCEPT_REVERSE_CHARGES MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the X.25 DLC record. Values 1 through 60 characters. This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.2. FREE_LINK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FREE_LINK Sets the Free unused link option. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.3. MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_I_FIELD_SIZE Sets the maximum I-field size. Values Specify an integer (265 through 4105) The default is 1033. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.4. NUMBER_INCOMING_LINKS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NUMBER_INCOMING_LINKS Specifies the number of incoming connections Values Specify an integer (0 through 128) The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.5. CALLING_ADDRESS_REQ ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_ADDRESS_REQ Specifies whether to insert the calling address in the call request packet. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.6. NEGOTIATE_PKT_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NEGOTIATE_PKT_SIZE Specifies whether to negotiate the packet size. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.7. NEGOTIATE_WINDOW_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NEGOTIATE_WINDOW_SIZE Specifies whether to negotiate the window size. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record DLC General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.8. DEFAULT_LINK_STATION_ROLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEFAULT_LINK_STATION_ROLE Specifies the default link station role. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Secondary 2 = Primary 3 = Negotiable The default is 3. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.9. DEFAULT_RETRY_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEFAULT_RETRY_COUNT Sets the default retry count. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 5. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.10. DEFAULT_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEFAULT_TIMEOUT Sets the default time-out value. Values Specify an integer (1 through 4096). The default is 200. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.11. ACCEPT_REVERSE_CHARGES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ACCEPT_REVERSE_CHARGES Specifies whether to accept reverse charges. Values Specify a boolean value. 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.8.12. MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS Specify the number of attempts to activate a link connection. Values Specify an integer (0 through 99). 0 = No limit The default is 10. Related Topics: X.25 DLC Record General Keywords X.25 DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.9. IDLC DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an IDLC DLC record, use the IDLC_DLC keyword. The following is an example: idlc_dlc = ( name = 5 idlc_link_address = 0020 free_link = y ) Note: When configuring IDLC_DLC for ISDN support, the PROTOCOL.INI file can be remotely updated using the configuration, installation and distribution facilities (CID), found in Lan Adapter Protocol Support (LAPS), supplied with Network Transport Services/2 or Lan Services 3.0. For additional information select Modifying PROTOCAL.INF file, from Related topics. Related Topics: Modifying PROTOCOL.INI file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.9.1. IDLC DLC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for IDLC DLC Record are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.9.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the virtual port number. You must specify this field in the response file. Values Specify an integer (0 through 127). Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.9.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.9.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values Specify an integer (0 through 127). Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10. IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The IDLC DLC keywords are: COMMENT FREE_LINK IDLC_T200 IDLC_N200 IDLC_N201 IDLC_T203 IDLC_K IDLC_NW ACCEPT_CALLS ISDN_INCOMING_DIR IDLC_LINK_ADDRESS XID_TIMER MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS XID_RETRANSMISSION Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the IDLC DLC record. Values 1 through 60 characters. This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.2. FREE_LINK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FREE_LINK Sets the Free unused link option. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.3. IDLC_T200 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ IDLC_T200 Specify the frame transmission timeout (T200). Values Specify an integer (1 through 300) The default is 10. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.4. IDLC_N200 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ IDLC_N200 Specify the Retransmission Threshold (N200). Values Specify an integer (1 through 127) The default is 3. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.5. IDLC_N201 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ IDLC_N201 Specify the Maximum I-field size (N201). Values Specify an integer (265 through 4105) The default is 2057. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.6. IDLC_T203 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ IDLC_T203 Specify the integer for Inactivity Timeout (T203). Values Specify an integer (1 through 65) The default is 30. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.7. IDLC_K ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ IDLC_K Specify the Maximum Number of outstanding I frames (K). Values Specify an integer (1 through 127) The default is 7. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.8. IDLC_NW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ IDLC_NW Specify the Dynamic window increment size (NW). Values Specify an integer (1 through 127) The default is 5. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.9. ACCEPT_CALL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ACCEPT_CALL Specify whether to accept incoming calls. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.10. ISDN_INCOMING_DIR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_INCOMING_DIR Specify the incoming call routing table entry name. This is a required configuration value. The ISDN_INCOMING_DIR name must be unique among all virtual port records (IDLC_DLC, SDLC_DLC, and X25_LINK) when the virtual port number for the IDLC_DLC record is greater than or equal to 16. Values Specify 1 to 15 Type IA5 characters The default is none. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.11. IDLC_LINK_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ IDLC_LINK_ADDRESS Specify the IDLC Link address. Values Specify 4 hex characters (0010 through 03EF). The default is 0020. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.12. XID_TIMER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ XID_TIMER Specify number of attempts to retry an XID frame for a link. Values Specify an integer (1 through 60). The default is 10. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.13. MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS Specify the number of attempts to activate a link connection. Values Specify an integer (0 through 99). 0 = No limit The default is 10. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.10.14. XID_RETRANSMISSION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ XID_RETRANSMISSION Specify the number of attempts to retry an XID frame for a link. Values Specify an integer (1 through 127). The default is 8. Related Topics: IDLC DLC Record General Keywords IDLC DLC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.11. Modifying PROTOCOL.INI Remotely ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ When configuring SDLC_DLC, X25_DLC AND IDLC_DLC for ISDN support, the PROTOCOL.INI file can be remotely updated using the configuration, installation and distribution facilities (CID), found in Lan Adapter Protocol Support (LAPS), supplied with Network Transport Services/2 or Lan Services 3.0. For additional information on CID for LAPS see NTS/2 Lan Adapter and Protocol Support Configuration Guide S96F-8489-00. Use the PROTOCOL keyword to specify the entire contents of the LAPS PROTOCOL.INI file. The following code segments should be added to the PROTOCOL.INI file, if the component is configured for ISDN: o SDLC DLC [SDLC_SWNET] Drivername = SDLCSNET Bindings = SDLCVMACx, SDLCVMACy (WHERE x and y are logical adapter numbers) CfgType = Locked o X.25 DLC [X25_PD] Drivername = X25VMAC CfgType = Locked Bindings = (value of MAC_NAMEx, MAC_NAMEy, (where x and y are 1 through 8) [X25VMAC1] Drivername = X25VMAC CfgType = Locked o IDLC DLC [IDLC_pd] Drivername = IDLC_PD$ CfgType = Locked Bindings = (value of MAC_NAMEx, MAC_NAMEy, (where x and y are 1 through 8) Xmit_Elements = , (value in RSP file), , , , , , , , , , GDT_Selectors = , (value in RSP file), , , , , , , , , , MaxTransmits = , (value in RSP file), , , , , , , , , , MaxSAPs = , (value in RSP file), , , , , , , , , , [IDLCVMAC0] Drivername = IDLCVMAC CfgType = Locked [IDLCVMAC1] Drivername = IDLCVMAC CfgType = Locked Related Topic: Sample LAPs Response file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.11.1. Sample LAPs Response file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ A sample LAPs response file may look like the following: INST_SECTION = ( INSTALL = ADDITIONAL ) PROTOCOL = ( [PROT_MAN] Drivername = ADDITIONAL [IBMLXCFG] LANDD_nif = LANDD.nif IBMTOK_nif = IBMTOK.nif [LANDD_nif] Drivername = LANDD$ Bindings = IBMTOK_nif MAXTRANSMITS = 6 MAX_G_SAPS = 50 NETADDRESS = "T400000000001" [IBMTOK_nif] Drivername = IBMTOK$ ADAPTER = "PRIMARY" MAXTRANSMITS = 10 [SDLC_SWNET] Drivername = SDLCSNET Bindings = SDLCVMAC0, SDLCVMAC1 CfgType = Locked [X25_PD] Drivername = X25PD, , , , , , , CfgType = Locked [X25VMAC1] Drivername = X25VMAC CfgType = Locked [IDLC_PD] Drivername = IDLC_PD$ CfgType = Locked Bindings = , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Logical_Links = , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , Xmit_Elements = , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , GDT_Selectors = , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , MaxTransmits = , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , MaxSAPs = , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , [IDLCVMAC0] Drivername = IDLCVMAC CfgType = Locked [IDLCVMAC1] Drivername = IDLCVMAC CfgType = Locked ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11. 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes 3270 emulation configuration keywords. The 3270 emulation records are: o 3270 Connection o 3270 Session o 3270 Window and Mouse Keywords o 3270 Printer o 3270 Color o VM File Transfer o TSO File Transfer o CICS File Transfer o Miscellaneous File Transfer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1. 3270 Connection Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ You must specify an adapter address (shared "RAM] location) for 3270 emulation sessions with a coaxial (DFT) connection type. You can define one 3270 connection record. To define a 3270 connection record, use the 3270_CONNECT keyword. The following is an example: 3270_connect = ( shared_ram_location = 4 credit_card_adapter = 1 ) Related Keywords: SHARED_RAM_LOCATION CREDIT_CARD_ADAPTER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.1. SHARED_RAM_LOCATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SHARED_RAM_LOCATION Specifies the adapter address. You must specify this field when creating a record. Note: The SHARED_RAM_LOCATION keyword is used only on Family 1 (AT) machines. Values Specify an integer (1 through 4). 1=CE000 2=D0000 3=D2000 4=D4000 The default is 1. Related Topic: 3270 Emulation Records 3270 Connection Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.2. CREDIT_CARD_ADAPTER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CREDIT_CARD_ADAPTER Specifies the 3270 credit card (PCMCIA) for DFT sessions. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: 3270 Emulation Records 3270 Connection Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12. 3270 Session ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the 3270 session keywords. o 3270 Session Record o General Keywords o 3270 Session Information Keywords o 3270 Window and Mouse Keywords o 3270 Printer Keywords o 3270 Color Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1. 3270 Session Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a 3270 session record, use the 3270_SESSION keyword. You can define twenty-six 3270 and 5250 sessions, including a maximum of fifteen 5250 sessions and a maximum of five coaxial (DFT) sessions. The following is an example: 3270_session = ( name = f session_autostart = y space_size = 3 title_bar = 2 ) Related Topics 3270 Emulation Records 3270 Connection Introduction 3270 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: 3270 Emulation Records 3270 Connection Record 3270 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Identifies the 3270 emulation session. You must specify this field in the response file. Values A single alphabetic character (A-Z) This value must be unique among all emulation (3270 and 5250) session names (NAME) and long session names (LONG_SESSION_NAME), excluding the long session name of the same record. Related Topics: 3270 Emulation Records 3270 Connection Record 3270 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME. Values N/A Related Topic: 3270 Emulation Records 3270 Connection Record 3270 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values A single alphabetic character (A-Z) Related Topics: 3270 Emulation Records 3270 Connection Record 3270 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2. 3270 Session Information Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT LONG_SESSION_NAME SESSION_AUTOSTART SESSION_TYPE ACTIVE_PS_PRINT SHOW_WINDOW SPACE_SIZE PS_SIZE_ROW PS_SIZE_COLUMN AT_KEYBOARD_NAME COLOR_NAME ENHANCED_KEYBOARD_NAME 106_KEYBOARD_NAME PRINT_BUFFER_SIZE CHAR_MAP_TYPE SUBSTITUTION_CHAR HOST_ALARM DATA_CONFID SELECTIVE_PC_DATA_CONFID DATA_CONFID_ID XFER_SIZE UNSUP_CONTROL_CODE EMU_TYPE NAU_ADDRESS LOGICAL_TERM_NUMBER HOST_LINK_NAME DATA_COMPRESSION Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the session. Values 1 through 60 characters. This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.2. LONG_SESSION_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LONG_SESSION_NAME Describes the long session/LU name. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. The default is the value specified in the Name field. This value must be unique among all emulation (3270 and 5250) sessions and all session names, excluding the session name in the same record. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.3. SESSION_AUTOSTART ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SESSION_AUTOSTART Determines whether the session is to be autostarted. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.4. SESSION_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SESSION_TYPE Specifies the session type. Values Specify a integer (1 or 2). 1 = Display (terminal) 2 = Printer The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.5. ACTIVATE_PS_PRINT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ACTIVATE_PS_PRINT Specifies whether to activate the presentation space print option. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.6. SHOW_WINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SHOW_WINDOW Determines whether the emulator window appears when the session starts. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.7. SPACE_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SPACE_SIZE Sets the presentation space size. Values Specify an integer (1 through 5). 1 = 25x80 (3278/79 mod 2) 2 = 33x80 (3278/79 mod 3) 3 = 44x80 (3278/79 mod 4) 4 = 28x132 (3278/79 mod 5) 5 = Other The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.8. PS_SIZE_ROW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PS_SIZE_ROW Sets the number or rows for presentation space size. Use only when SPACE_SIZE=5 (Other). Values Specify an integer (25 through 51). The default is 25. Note: In DBCS systems, the valid range is 25 through 44. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.9. PS_SIZE_COLUMN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PS_SIZE_COLUMN Sets the number or columns for presentation space size. Use only when SPACE_SIZE=5 (Other). Values Specify an integer (80 through 146). The default is 80. Note: In DBCS systems, the valid range is 80 through 132. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.10. AT_KEYBOARD_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AT_KEYBOARD_NAME Specifies an AT keyboard record for the session. This keyboard record must either already exist in the model configuration or be created using the AT_KEYBOARD keyword. You must specify this field when creating a record. Note: When SESSION_TYPE equals PRINTER, you do not have to assign a value to this keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.11. ENHANCED_KEYBOARD_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ENHANCED_KEYBOARD_NAME Specifies an enhanced keyboard record for the session. This keyboard record must either already exist in the model configuration or be created using the ENHANCED_KEYBOARD keyword. You must specify this field when creating a record. Note: When SESSION_TYPE equals PRINTER, you do not have to assign a value to this keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.12. COLOR_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COLOR_NAME Selects a color record for the session. This keyboard record must either already exist in the model configuration or be created using the 3270_COLOR keyword. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.13. PRINT_BUFFER_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PRINT_BUFFER_SIZE Sets the print buffer size. Values Specify an integer (1920 through 15300). The default is 1920. Note: In DBCS systems, the valid range is 1920 through 4016. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.14. CHAR_MAP_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. CHAR_MAP_TYPE Specifies the character mapping type. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = One-to-one 2 = Single character substitution 3 = Display comprehension substitution The default is 3. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.15. SUBSTITUTION_CHAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. SUBSTITUTION_CHAR Sets the substitution character. This keyword is used when CHAR_MAP_TYPE=2 (Single character substitution) Values 1 character or the constants BLANK or NULL The default is NULL. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.16. HOST_ALARM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_ALARM Sets the host alarm option. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.17. DATA_CONFID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DATA_CONFID Specifies the type of data confidentiality. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = No encryption allowed 2 = Mandatory or selective encryption 3 = Host determined encryption The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.18. SELECTIVE_PC_DATA_CONFID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SELECTIVE_PC_DATA_CONFID Selective PC data confidentiality (encryption). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.19. DATA_CONFID_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DATA_CONFID_ID Data confidentiality session level key identifier. Values 1 through 64 characters or the constant BLANK The default is BLANK. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.20. XFER_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ XFER_SIZE Sets the data transfer buffer size (k). Values Specify an integer (0 through 32). 0 = Emulator default The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.21. UNSUP_CONTROL_CODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ UNSUP_CONTROL_CODE Sets the Unsupported control code option. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Display hyphens 2 = Error codes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.22. EMU_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ EMU_TYPE Specifies the emulator type. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Noncoaxial (Non-DFT) 2 = Coaxial (DFT), maximum of 5 The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.23. NAU_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAU_ADDRESS Specifies the NAU address. This is the required configuration value when EMU_TYPE=1 (Noncoaxial). You must specify this field when creating a record. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). This value must be unique among all 3270 SNA emulation sessions using the same host link. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.24. LOGICAL_TERM_NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOGICAL_TERM_NUMBER Specifies the coaxial (DFT) session number. This keyword is used when EMU_TYPE=2 (Coaxial). Identifies which logical terminal is to be configured. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values Specify an integer (1 through 5). This value must be unique among 3270 sessions. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.25. HOST_LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_LINK_NAME Names the host link (LOGICAL_LINK) for this session. Required configuration values for single-user configurations when EMU_TYPE=1 (Noncoaxial). Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.26. DATA_COMPRESSION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DATA_COMPRESSION Determines if data compression for the emulator is enabled. Values Specify an integer (0 or 1). 0 = Disabled 1 = Enabled Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.27. 106_KEYBOARD_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. 106_KEYBOARD_NAME Specifies a 106 keyboard record for the session. The keyword record must either already exist in the model configuration or be created using the 106_ENHANCED_KEYBOARD keyword. You must specify this field when creating a record (on a DBCS workstation). Note: When SESSION_TYPE equals PRINTER, you do not have to assign a value to this keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3. 3270 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: SESSION_TYPE must equal 1 (Display) to use these keywords PROTECTED_FIELD_ALARM SCREEN-UPDATE_ALARM TITLE_BAR DISPLAY_ROW-COLUMN DISPLAY_ICON MIN_MAX_STATE AUTO_FONT MENU_BAR HOTSPOT_PFNN HOTSPOT_FPNN HOTSPOT_FNN HOTSPOT_CMDNN HOTSPOT_NN HOTSPOT_SELECT_STRING Related topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.1. PROTECTED_FIELD_ALARM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PROTECTED_FIELD_ALARM Specifies the protected field alarm option. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.2. SCREEN_UPDATE_ALARM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SCREEN_UPDATE_ALARM Specifies the screen update alarm option. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.3. TITLE_BAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TITLE_BAR Displays the title bar. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.4. DISPLAY_ROW_COLUMN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DISPLAY_ROW_COLUMN Displays the row and column in the operator information area. Use this field when DISPLAY_ICON=2 (Off) Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 2. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.5. DISPLAY_ICON ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DISPLAY_ICON Displays icon for operator information area. Use this field when TITLE_BAR=2 (Off) Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 2. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.6. MIN_MAX_STATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MIN_MAX_STATE Sets the window minimized and maximized state. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Neither 2 = Minimized 3 = Maximized The default is 2. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.7. AUTO_FONT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AUTO_FONT Sets the automatic font selection. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.8. MENU_BAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MENU_BAR Determines whether to show the menu bar. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.9. HOTSPOT_PFNN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_PFNN Determines whether to activate hotspot support for PFnn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.10. HOTSPOT_FPNN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_FPNN Determines whether to activate hotspot support for FPnn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.11. HOTSPOT_FNN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_FNN Determines whether to activate hotspot support for Fnn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.12. HOTSPOT_CMDNN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_CMDNN Determines whether to activate hotspot support for CMDnn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.13. HOTSPOT_NN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_NN Determines whether to activate hotspot support for nn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.14. HOTSPOT_SELECT_STRING ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_SELECT_STRING Determines whether to activate hotspot support for point-and-select string. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4. 3270 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ One of the following conditions is required to use these keywords: SESSION_TYPE=2 (Printer) ACTIVATE_PS_PRINT=1 (Yes) PRINT_NULLS_SPACES DEVICE_FONTS SPOOL_OUTPUT SKIP_BLANK_LINES HOST_CODE_PAGE PC_CODE_PAGE CHARS_PER_INCH LINES_PER_INCH LINE_SPACING JOB_NAME JOB_PRIORITY COPIES SPOOL_NAME ATTRIBUTES FAMILY_NAME FACE_NAME UPDATE_ALARM TRANSLATE_TRANSPARENCY END_OF_JOB_TIMEOUT FORM_FEED_POS PDT_NAME FORM_TYPE PRINTER_TYPE SPOOL_DATA_FORMAT * Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.1. PRINT_OIA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PRINT_OIA Specifies whether to print the operator information area (OIA). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.2. PRINT_NULLS_SPACES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PRINT_NULLS_SPACES Specifies whether to print nulls as spaces. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.3. DEVICE_FONTS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_FONTS Specifies whether to use device fonts only. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.4. SPOOL_OUTPUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SPOOL_OUTPUT Specifies whether to spool presentation space print output. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.5. SKIP_BLANK_LINES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SKIP_BLANK_LINES Specifies whether to skip blank lines in presentation space print. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.6. HOST_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_CODE_PAGE Specifies the host code page. Values Specify an integer. (the value must be one of the following: 037, 273, 277, 278, 280, 284, 285, 297, 500, 870, 871, 1026, or 65280 through 65534.) Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 930, 939 Korea - 933 PRC - 935 ROC - 937 Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.7. PC_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PC_CODE_PAGE Sets the workstation code page. Values Specify an integer. (The value must be one of the following: 437, 850, 852, 857, 860, 861, 863, 865, or 65280 through 65534.) The default is based on the workstation's country as defined in the CONFIG.SYS file. Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 932, 942 Korea - 934, 844, 949 PRC - 936, 946 ROC - 938, 948 Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.8. CHARS_PER_INCH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CHARS_PER_INCH Sets the characters per inch (cpi). Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 10 for SBCS. Note: In DBCS, only 10, 12, and 15 cpi are valid. The DBCS default is 12 for 3270. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.9. LINES_PER_INCH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINES_PER_INCH Sets the lines per inch (lpi). Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 6. Note: In DBCS, only 4, 6, and 8 lpi are valid. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.10. LINE_SPACING ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINE_SPACING Sets the line spacing for presentation space print. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Single 2 = Double The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.11. JOB_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ JOB_NAME Sets the presentation space print job name. Values 1 through 16 alphanumeric characters for SBCS. Note: In DBCS, 1 through 16 characters The default is none. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.12. JOB_PRIORITY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ JOB_PRIORITY Specifies the job priority. Values Specify an integer (1 through 99) The default is 50. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.13. COPIES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPIES Sets the number of copies. Values Specify an integer (1 through 99) The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.14. SPOOL_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SPOOL_NAME Specifies the spooler queue name. Values 1 through 8 characters The default is none. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.15. ATTRIBUTES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ATTRIBUTES Determines whether attributes are included in presentation space print. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Ignore all attributes 2 = Use foreground attributes only 3 = Use all attributes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.16. FAMILY_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FAMILY_NAME Specifies the font family name. Values 1 through 32 alphanumeric characters The default is none. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.17. FACE_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FACE_NAME Specifies the face name (font selection). Values 1 through 32 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.18. FORM_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. FORM_TYPE Sets the form type. Values Specify a integer (1 or 2). 1 = Continuous forms 2 = Cut Sheets The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.19. PRINTER_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. PRINTER_TYPE Sets the printer type. Values Specify a integer (1 or 2). 1 = Page printer 2 = Line Printer The default is 2. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.20. SPOOL_DATA_FORMAT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. SPOOL_DATA_FORMAT Specifies the spool data format. Values Specify a integer (1 or 2). 1 = Raw data 2 = GPI The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.21. UPDATE_ALARM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ UPDATE_ALARM Sets the update alarm (3270 LU3 update). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.22. TRANSLATE_TRANSPARENCY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. TRANSLATE_TRANSPARENCY Translates transparency data. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.23. END_OF_JOB_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ END_OF_JOB_TIMEOUT Sets the end-of-job time-out in seconds. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32000). 0 = Use system default. The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.24. FORM_FEED_POS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FORM_FEED_POS Specifies form feed position. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Any column 2 = Column 1 only The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.4.25. PDT_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. PDT_NAME Specifies migration mode PDT. Values 1 through 8 characters The default is none. Related Topics: 3270 Session 3270 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5. 3270 Color Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a 3270 color record, use the 3270_COLOR keyword. You can define an unlimited number of 3270 color records. The following is an example: 3270_color = ( name = LiteColr f_blue = 10 f_green = 11 f_pink = 14 f_red = 13 f_turquoise = 12 f_white = 16 f_yellow = 15 ) Color Keywords Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.1. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for color are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction 3270 Session Information Keywords 3270 Window and Mouse Keywords 3270 Printer Keywords 3270 Color Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Names the color record. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters NAME must be unique among 3270 and 5250 emulator color records. Related Topic: 3270 Session Introduction 3270 Session Information Keywords 3270 Window and Mouse Keywords 3270 Printer Keywords 3270 Color Keywords General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: 3270 Session Introduction 3270 Session Information Keywords 3270 Window and Mouse Keywords 3270 Printer Keywords 3270 Color Keywords General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topic: 3270 Session Introduction 3270 Session Information Keywords 3270 Window and Mouse Keywords 3270 Printer Keywords 3270 Color Keywords General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.5. Fields of Background Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The following values are valid for field background attributes: 1 = Black 2 = Blue 3 = Green 4 = Cyan 5 = Red 6 = Magenta 7 = Brown 8 = Light gray 9 = Gray 10 = Light blue 11 = Light green 12 = Light cyan 13 = Light red 14 = Light magenta 15 = Yellow 16 = White The following are fields of background attributes keywords: B_NORMAL_UNPROT B_INTENSE_UNPROT B_NORMAL_PROT B_INTENSE_PROT B_BLUE B_GREEN B_PINK B_RED B_TURQUOISE B_WHITE B_YELLOW B_DEFAULT_HILITE B_DEFAULT_NO_HILITE B_BLINK B_OIA Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.6. B_NORMAL_UNPROT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_NORMAL_UNPROT Sets the background attribute for a normal and unprotected field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.7. B_INTENSE_UNPROT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_INTENSE_UNPROT Sets the background attribute for an intensified and unprotected field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.8. B_NORMAL PROT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_NORMAL_UNPROT Sets the background attribute for a normal and protected field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.9. B_INTENSE_PROT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_INTENSE_PROT Sets the background attribute for an intensified and protected field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.10. B_BLUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_BLUE Set the background attribute for the blue field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.11. B_GREEN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_GREEN Set the background attribute for the green field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.12. B_PINK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_PINK Set the background attribute for the pink field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.13. B_RED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_RED Set the background attribute for the red field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.14. B_TURQUOISE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_TURQUOISE Set the background attribute for the turquoise field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.15. B_WHITE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_WHITE Set the background attribute for the white field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.16. B_YELLOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_YELLOW Set the background attribute for the yellow field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.17. B_DEFAULT_HILITE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_DEFAULT_HILITE Set the background attribute for a default highlight field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.18. B_DEFAULT_NO_HILITE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_DEFAULT_NO_HILITE Set the background attribute for a default no-highlight field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.19. B_BLINK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_BLINK Set the background attribute for a blink field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 8. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.20. B_OIA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ B_OIA Set the background attribute for a operator information area (OIA) field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 3. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.21. Fields of Foreground Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The following values are valid for field foreground attributes: 1 = Black 2 = Blue 3 = Green 4 = Cyan 5 = Red 6 = Magenta 7 = Brown 8 = Light gray 9 = Gray 10 = Light blue 11 = Light green 12 = Light cyan 13 = Light red 14 = Light magenta 15 = Yellow 16 = White The following are fields of foreground attributes keywords: f_NORMAL_UNPROT f_INTENSE_UNPROT f_NORMAL_PROT f_INTENSE_PROT f_BLUE f_GREEN f_PINK f_RED f_TURQUOISE f_WHITE f_YELLOW f_DEFAULT_HILITE f_DEFAULT_NO_HILITE f_BLINK f_OIA Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.22. F_NORMAL_UNPROT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_NORMAL_UNPROT Sets the foreground attribute for a normal and unprotected field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 3. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.23. F_INTENSE_UNPROT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_INTENSE_UNPROT Sets the foreground attribute for an intensified and unprotected field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 5. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.24. F_NORMAL PROT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_NORMAL_UNPROT Sets the foreground attribute for a normal and protected field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 4. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General keywords - color ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.25. F_INTENSE_PROT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_INTENSE_PROT Sets the foreground attribute for an intensified and protected field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 8. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.26. F_BLUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_BLUE Set the foreground attribute for the blue field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 4. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.27. F_GREEN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_GREEN Set the foreground attribute for the green field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 3. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.28. F_PINK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_PINK Set the foreground attribute for the pink field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 14. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.29. F_RED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_RED Set the foreground attribute for the red field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 5. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.30. F_TURQUOISE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_TURQUOISE Set the foreground attribute for the turquoise field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 12. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.31. F_WHITE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_WHITE Set the foreground attribute for the white field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 8. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.32. F_YELLOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_YELLOW Set the foreground attribute for the yellow field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 15. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.33. F_DEFAULT_HILITE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_DEFAULT_HILITE Set the foreground attribute for a default highlight field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 8. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.34. F_DEFAULT_NO_HILITE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_DEFAULT_NO_HILITE Set the foreground attribute for a default no-highlight field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 3. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.35. F_BLINK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_BLINK Set the foreground attribute for a blink field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.5.36. F_OIA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ F_OIA Set the foreground attribute for a operator information area (OIA) field. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Fields of Background Attributes Fields of Foreground Attributes General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6. VM File Transfer Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a VM file transfer record, use the FT_VM keyword. You can define a maximum of 16 file transfer records (VM, TSO, and CICS). The following is an example: ft_vm = ( name = vmascii ascii = 1 crlf_separator = 1 ) Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.1. VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The VM file transfer keywords are: NAME DELETE COPY COMMENT ASCII ASCII_RECEIVE CRLF_SEPARATOR CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE HOST_CODE_PAGE PC_CODE_PAGE HOST_FT_COMMAND ONE_TO_ONE_CHAR_MAP APPEND APPEND_RECEIVE LOGICAL_RECORD_LENGTH RECORD_FORMAT FILL_BLANK NOSO SO USER USER_RECEIVE Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the VM file transfer record name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters This name must be unique among FT_VM, FT_TSO, and FT_CICS file transfer records. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.5. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the VM file transfer record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.6. ASCII ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ASCII Specifies whether to use translation to and from ASCII and EBCDIC. Use the ASCII (ASCII_RECEIVE) keyword to specify JISCII or CNSCII, if needed. Note: This field is used for SEND/RECEIVE in SBCS and for SEND only in DBCS. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.7. ASCII_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. ASCII_RECEIVE Specifies whether to use translation to and from ASCII and EBCDIC for Receive. Use this keyword to specify JISCII or CNSCII, if needed. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.8. CRLF_SEPARATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CRLF_SEPARATOR Specifies whether to use CR/LF as a record separator. Note: This field is used for SEND/RECEIVE in SBCS and for SEND only in DBCS. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.9. CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE Specifies whether to use CR/LF as a record separator for Receive. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.10. HOST_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_CODE_PAGE Specifies the host file code page. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes) (for send), and when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes) (for receive). Values Specify an integer with one of the following values: 037, 273, 277, 278, 280, 284, 285, 297, 500, or 65280 through 65534. Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 930, 931, 939 Korea - 933 PRC - 935 ROC - 937 Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.11. PC_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PC_CODE_PAGE Sets the workstation file code page. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes) (for send), and when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes) (for receive). Values Specify an integer with a value of one of the following: 0, 437, 850, 860, 863, 865, or 65280 through 65534. When 0 is entered the code page will be defaulted based on the machine where the file transfer is run. Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 932, 942 Korea - 934, 944, 949 PRC - 936, 946 ROC - 938, 948 Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.12. HOST_FT_COMMAND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_FT_COMMAND Specifies the host file transfer command. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters or the constant IBM_HOST_PROGRAM. The default is IBM_HOST_PROGRAM. Note: For DBCS, the default is APVUFILE. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.13. ONE_TO_ONE_CHAR_MAP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. ONE_TO_ONE_CHAR_MAP Specifies whether to use one-to-one character mapping. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.14. APPEND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ APPEND Specifies whether to append the target file. Note: This field is used for SEND/RECEIVE in SBCS and for SEND only in DBCS. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N=No 1 or Y=Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.15. APPEND_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. APPEND_RECEIVE Specifies whether to append the target file for Receive. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N=No 1 or Y=Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.16. LOGICAL_RECORD_LENGTH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ lOGICAL_RECORD_LENGTH Sets the logical record length. This field is used when APPEND = 0 (No). Values Specify an integer (1 through 32760). The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.17. RECORD_FORMAT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RECORD_FORMAT Specifies the record format of the host file. This field is used when APPEND = 0 (No). Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Default 2 = Variable 3 = Fixed The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.18. FILL_BLANK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. FILL_BLANK Specify to fill blank to the record end for Receive. This field is used when CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.19. NOSO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. NOSO Specify to remove Shift-Out and Shift-In (SO/SI) characters for Send. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.20. SO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. SO Specify to leave Shift-Out and Shift-In (SO/SI) characters for Send. This field is used when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.21. USER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. USER Specify whether to use DBCS 3270PC translation table (user defined) for Send. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.6.22. USER_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. USER_RECEIVE Specify whether to use DBCS 3270PC translation table (user defined) for Receive. This field is used when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction VM File Transfer Record VM File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7. TSO File Transfer Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a TSO file transfer record, use the FT_TSO keyword. You can define a maximum of 16 file transfer records (VM, TSO, and CICS). The following is an example: ft_tso = ( name = tsoascii ascii = 1 crlf_separator = 1 ) Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.1. TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The TSO file transfer keywords are: NAME DELETE COPY COMMENT ASCII ASCII_RECEIVE CRLF_SEPARATOR CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE HOST_CODE_PAGE PC_CODE_PAGE HOST_FT_COMMAND ONE_TO_ONE_CHAR_MAP APPEND APPEND_RECEIVE LOGICAL_RECORD_LENGTH RECORD_FORMAT HOST_BLOCK_SIZE SPACE_QUANTITY SPACE_INCREMENT SPACE_UNITS AVERAGE_BLOCK_SIZE FILL_BLANK NOSO SO USER USER_RECEIVE RELEASE_SPACE VOLUME_SERIAL UNIT_TYPE Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Names the TSO file transfer record. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters The name value must be unique among FT_VM, FT_TSO, and FT_CICS file transfer records. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.5. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the TSO file transfer record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.6. ASCII ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ASCII Specifies whether to use translation to and from ASCII and EBCDIC. Use the ASCII (ASCII_RECEIVE) keyword to specify JISCII or CNSCII, if needed. Note: This field is used for SEND/RECEIVE in SBCS and for SEND only in DBCS. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.7. ASCII_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. ASCII_RECEIVE Specifies whether to use translation to and from ASCII and EBCDIC for Receive. Use this keyword to specify JISCII or CNSCII, if needed. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.8. CRLF_SEPARATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CRLF_SEPARATOR Specifies whether to use CR/LF as a record separator. Note: This field is used for SEND/RECEIVE in SBCS and for SEND only in DBCS. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.9. CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE Specifies whether to use CR/LF as a record separator for Receive. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.10. HOST_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_CODE_PAGE Specifies the host file code page. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes) (for send), and when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes) (for receive). Values Specify an integer with one of the following values: 037, 273, 277, 278, 280, 284, 285, 297, 500, or 65280 through 65534. Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 930, 931, 939 Korea - 933 PRC - 935 ROC - 937 Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.11. PC_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PC_CODE_PAGE Sets the workstation file code page. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes) (for send), and when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes) (for receive). Values Specify an integer with one of the following values: 0, 437, 850, 860, 863, 865, or 65280 through 65534. When 0 is entered the code page will be defaulted based on the machine where the file transfer is run. Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 932, 942 Korea - 934, 944, 949 PRC - 936, 946 ROC - 938, 948 Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.12. HOST_FT_COMMAND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_FT_COMMAND Specifies the host file transfer command. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters or the constant IBM_HOST_PROGRAM. The default is IBM_HOST_PROGRAM. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.13. ONE_TO_ONE_CHAR_MAP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. ONE_TO_ONE_CHAR_MAP Specifies whether to use one-to-one character mapping. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.14. APPEND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ APPEND Specifies whether to append the target file. Note: This field is used for SEND/RECEIVE in SBCS and for SEND only in DBCS. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.15. APPEND_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. APPEND_RECEIVE Specifies whether to append the target file for Receive. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.16. LOGICAL_RECORD_LENGTH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ lOGICAL_RECORD_LENGTH Sets the logical record length. This field is used when APPEND = 0 (No). Values Specify an integer (1 through 32760). The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.17. RECORD_FORMAT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RECORD_FORMAT Specifies the record format of the host file. This field is used when APPEND = 0 (No). Values Specify an integer (1 through 4). 1 = Default 2 = Variable 3 = Fixed 4 = Undefined The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.18. HOST_BLOCK_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_BLOCK_SIZE Sets the block size of the host file. This field is used when APPEND = 0 (No). Values Specify an integer (0 through 32760). The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.19. SPACE_QUANTITY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SPACE_QUANTITY Sets the quantity value. This field is used when APPEND = 0 (No). Values Specify an integer (0 through 99999). The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.20. SPACE_INCREMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SPACE_INCREMENT Sets the increment value. This field is used when APPEND = 0 (No) and SPACE_QUANTITY is not zero (0). Values Specify an integer (0 through 99999). The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.21. SPACE_UNITS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SPACE_UNITS Sets the units for space allocation. Values Specify an integer (1 through 4). 1 = Defaults 2 = Tracks 3 = Cylinders 4 = Average blocks The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.22. AVERAGE_BLOCK_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AVERAGE_BLOCK_SIZE Sets the average block size. This field is used when APPEND = 0 (No), SPACE_QUANTITY is not zero (0), and SPACE_UNITS = 4 (Average blocks). Values Specify an integer (0 through 32760). The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.23. FILL_BLANK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. FILL_BLANK Specify to fill blank to the record end for Receive. This field is used when CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.24. NOSO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. NOSO Specify to remove Shift-Out/Shift-In (SO/SI) characters for Send. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.25. SO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. SO Specify to leave Shift-Out and Shift-In (SO/SI) characters for Send. This field is used when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.26. USER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. USER Specify whether to use DBCS 3270PC translation table (user defined) for Send. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.27. USER_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. USER_RECEIVE Specify whether to use DBCS 3270PC translation table (user defined) for Receive. This field is used when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.28. RELEASE_SPACE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. RELEASE_SPACE Specify whether to release unused space. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.29. VOLUME_SERIAL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. VOLUME_SERIAL Specify the volume serial number. Values Specify an 1 through 6 alphanumeric characters. The default is none. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.7.30. UNIT_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. UNIT_TYPE Specify the unit type. Values Specify an 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters. The default is none. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction TSO File Transfer Record TSO File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8. CICS File Transfer Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a CICS file transfer record, use the FT_CICS keyword. You can define a maximum of 16 file transfer records (VM, TSO, and CICS). The following is an example: ft_cics = ( name = cicsft one_to_one_char_map = N ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.1. CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The TSO file transfer keywords are: NAME DELETE COPY COMMENT ASCII ASCII RECEIVE CRLF_SEPARATOR CRLF_SEPARATOR RECEIVE HOST_CODE_PAGE PC_CODE_PAGE HOST_FT_COMMAND ONE_TO_ONE_CHAR_MAP FILL_BLANK NOSO SO USER USER_RECEIVE DELETE_QUEUE FILE_COMMENT Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Names the CICS file transfer record. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters The name must be unique among FT_VM, FT_TSO, and FT_CICS file transfer records. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.5. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the CICS file transfer record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.6. ASCII ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ASCII Specifies whether to use translation to and from ASCII and EBCDIC. Use this keyword to specify JISCII or CNSCII, if needed. Note: This field is used for SEND/RECEIVE in SBCS and for SEND only in DBCS. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.7. ASCII.RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. ASCII_RECEIVE Specifies whether to use translation to and from ASCII and EBCDIC for Receive. Use this keyword to specify JISCII or CNSCII, if needed. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.8. CRLF_SEPARATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CRLF_SEPARATOR Specifies whether to use CR/LF as a record separator. Note: This field is used for SEND/RECEIVE in SBCS and for SEND only in DBCS. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.9. CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE Specifies whether to use CR/LF as a record separator for Receive. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.10. HOST_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_CODE_PAGE Sets the host file code page. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes) (for send), and when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes) (for receive). Values Specify an integer with one of the following values: 037, 273, 277, 278, 280, 284, 285, 297, 500, or 65280 through 65534. Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 930, 931, 939 Korea - 933 PRC - 935 ROC - 937 Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.11. PC_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PC_CODE_PAGE Sets the workstation file code page. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes) (for send), and when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes) (for receive). Values Specify an integer with one of the following values: 0, 437, 850, 860, 863, 865, or 65280 through 65534. When 0 is entered the code page will be defaulted based on the machine where the file transfer is run. Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 932, 942 Korea - 934, 944, 949 PRC - 936, 946 ROC - 938, 948 Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.12. HOST_FT_COMMAND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_FT_COMMAND Specifies the host file transfer command. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters or the constant IBM_HOST_PROGRAM. The default is IBM_HOST_PROGRAM Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.13. ONE_TO_ONE_CHAR_MAP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. ONE_TO_ONE_CHAR_MAP Specifies whether to use one-to-one character mapping. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.14. FILL_BLANK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. FILL_BLANK Specify to fill blank to the record end for Receive. This field is used when CRLF_SEPARATOR_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.15. NOSO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. NOSO Specify to remove Shift-Out/Shift-In (SO/SI) characters for Send. This field is used when ASCII = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.16. SO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. SO Specify to leave Shift-Out/Shift-In (SO/SI) characters for Receive. This field is used when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.17. USER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. USER Specify whether to use DBCS 3270PC translation table (user-defined) for Send. This field is used when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.18. USER_RECEIVE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. USER_RECEIVE Specify whether to use DBCS 3270PC translation table (user-defined) for Receive. This field is used when ASCII_RECEIVE = 1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.19. DELETE_QUEUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. DELETE_QUEUE Specify whether to delete the queue for Receive. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.8.20. FILE_COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. FILE_COMMENT Specifies a CICS file comment for send. Values Specify a comment containing 1 through 55 characters. The default is none. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction CICS File Transfer Record CICS File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.9. Miscellaneous File Transfer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define Miscellaneous File Transfer settings, use the FT_MISC keyword. The following is an example: ft_misc = ( timeout = 15 list_file_ext = LIS ft_dir =d:\my_dir ) Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Miscellaneous File Transfer Miscellaneous File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.9.1. Miscellaneous File Transfer keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The Miscellaneous file transfer keywords are: TIMEOUT LIST_FILE_EXT FT_DIR Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Miscellaneous File Transfer Miscellaneous File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.9.2. TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TIMEOUT Specifies file transfer timeout for transfer (number of seconds). Values Specify an integer (0 through 2970). 0 = No timeout The default is 30 (seconds). Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Miscellaneous File Transfer Miscellaneous File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.9.3. LIST_FILE_EXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LIST_FILE_EXT Specify the default extension for list files. FAT - File Allocation Table file systems should only specify 0 to 3 characters. This field is case sensitive to allow for HPFS - high performance file system and FAT file names. Values Specify 0 through 64 characters. Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Miscellaneous File Transfer Miscellaneous File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.9.4. FT_DIR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FT_DIR Specify the default directory for file transfer. Values Specify 0 through 128 characters. The default is C:\ Related Topics: 3270 Session Introduction Miscellaneous File Transfer Miscellaneous File Transfer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13. 5250 Emulation Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes 5250 emulation configuration keywords. The 5250 emulation records are: o 5250 Session o 5250 Color ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.1. 5250 Session Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a 5250 emulation session record, use the 5250_SESSION keyword. You can define twenty-six 3270 and 5250 sessions, including a maximum of five 3270 coaxial (DFT) sessions and a maximum of fifteen 5250 sessions. The following is an example: 5250_session = ( name = q copy = r long_session_name = sessionq session_autostart = 1 color_name = colr5250 ) Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.2. 5250 Emulator Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Related Topics: 5250 Session Keywords 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords 5250 Printer Keywords 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.3. General keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for the 5250 Session Record are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.3.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Names the 5250 session. You must specify this field in the response file. Values A single alphabetic character (A-Z) This value must be unique among all emulation (3270 and 5250) session names (NAME) and long session names (LONG_SESSION_NAME), excluding the long session name of the same record. Related Topic: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.3.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.3.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values A single alphabetic character (A-Z) Related Topic: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4. 5250 Session Information Key ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The session information keywords are: COMMENT LONG_SESSION_NAME SESSION_AUTOSTART SESSION_TYPE ACTIVE_PS_PRINT SHOW_WINDOW SPACE_SIZE AT_KEYBOARD_NAME COLOR_NAME ENHANCED_KEYBOARD_NAME 106_KEYBOARD_NAME CHAR_MAP_TYPE SUBSTITUTION_CHAR HOST_ALARM LOCAL_LU PARTNER_LU MODE_NAME HOST_TYPE COLUMN_SEPARATOR SEPARATOR_OR_BLANK SYS36_WORKSTATION_ID SUBCONSOL_ID SEPARATOR_PAGES 5250_PRINTER_NAME NETWORK_OR_CONVENIENCE AUTO_LOGON AS400_WORKSTATION_ID MSG_QUEUE MSG_QUEUE_LIB Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the session. Values 1 through 60 characters. This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.2. LONG_SESSION_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LONG_SESSION_NAME Specifies the Long session name. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A Characters. This value must be unique among all emulation (3270 and 5250) session names (NAME) and long session names(LONG_SESSION_NAME), excluding the long session name of the same record. The default is the value specified in the NAME field. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.3. SESSION_AUTOSTART ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SESSION_AUTOSTART Determines whether the session is to be autostarted. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.4. SESSION_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SESSION_TYPE Specifies the session type. Values Specify a integer (1 or 2). 1 = Display (terminal) 2 = Printer The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.5. ACTIVATE_PS_PRINT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ACTIVATE_PS_PRINT Specifies whether to activate the presentation space print option. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.6. SHOW_WINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SHOW_WINDOW Determines whether the emulator window appears when the session starts. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.7. SPACE_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SPACE_SIZE Sets the presentation space size. Values Specify an integer (1 through 2). 1 = 25x80 (3278, 3279 mod 2) 2 = 28x132 (3278, 3279 mod 5) The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.8. AT_KEYBOARD_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AT_KEYBOARD_NAME Specifies an AT keyboard record for the session. This keyboard record must either already exist in the model configuration or be created using the AT_KEYBOARD keyword. This is a required configuration field and must be specified when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.9. ENHANCED_KEYBOARD_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ENHANCED_KEYBOARD_NAME Specifies an enhanced keyboard record for the session. This keyboard record must either already exist in the model configuration or be created using the ENHANCED_KEYBOARD keyword. This is a required configuration field and must be specified when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.10. 106_KEYBOARD_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. 106_KEYBOARD_NAME Specifies a 106 keyboard record for the session. This is a required configuration field and must be specified when creating a record for a DBCS workstation. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.11. COLOR_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COLOR_NAME Selects a color record for the session. This keyboard record must either already exist in the model configuration or be created using the 5250_COLOR keyword. You must specify this field when creating a logical terminal record (SESSION_TYPE=1). COLOR_NAME is not required for 5250 logical printer sessions. SYS36_WORKSTATION_ID is required when HOST_TYPE = 1 and COLOR_NAME is required when SESSION_TYPE = 1 (Display). Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.12. CHAR_MAP_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. CHAR_MAP_TYPE Specifies the character mapping type. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = One-to-one 2 = Single character substitution 3 = Display comprehension substitution The default is 3. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.13. SUBSTITUTION_CHAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. SUBSTITUTION_CHAR Sets the substitution character. This keyword is used when CHAR_MAP_TYPE=2 (Single character substitution) Values 1 character or the constants BLANK or NULL The default is NULL. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.14. HOST_ALARM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_ALARM Sets the host alarm option. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.15. LOCAL_LU ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOCAL_LU Specifies the APPC LU name. All 5250 sessions use the same APPC LU name. Therefore, the last value specified in a response file for the LOCAL_LU keyword is used for all 5250 sessions. The LOCAL_LU keyword corresponds to the value of the LU_ALIAS keyword of a LOCAL_LU record or the value of the CP_ALIAS keyword of the LOCAL_CP record. SYS36_WORKSTATION_ID is required when HOST_TYPE = 1 and COLOR_NAME is required when SESSION_TYPE = 1 (Display). You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 characters This keyword corresponds to the LU_ALIAS keyword in the LOCAL_LU record or the CP_ALIAS keyword in the LOCAL_CP record. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.16. PARTNER_LU ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PARTNER_LU Specifies the remote LU name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values This value must match one of the following: o 1 through 17 SNA Type A characters which match the value specified in the NAME field of the appropriate PARTNER_LU record (name or netid.name) o 1 to 8 characters that match the value specified in the PARTNER_LU_ALIAS field in the appropriate PARTNER_LU record Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.17. MODE_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MODE_NAME Specifies the session mode name. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters, or the constant BLANK The default is BLANK. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.18. HOST_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_TYPE Specifies the host type. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = System/36 2 = AS/400 The default is 2. Note: For DBCS, only AS/400 is valid. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.19. COLUMN_SEPARATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. COLUMN_SEPARATOR Specifies the ASCII column separator character. Values 2 hexadecimal characters (01 through FF) The default is 16. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.20. SEPARATOR_OR_BLANK ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. SEPARATOR_OR_BLANK Determines the use of the column separator. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Use column separator 2 = Use blank as column separator The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.21. SYS36_WORKSTATION_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. SYS36_WORKSTATION_ID Specifies the S/36 workstation ID. This keyword is required when HOST_TYPE=1 (System/36). SYS36_WORKSTATION_ID is required when HOST_TYPE = 1 and COLOR_NAME is required when SESSION_TYPE = 1 (Display). Values Two SNA Type A characters The following are reserved IDs: I1, T1, T2, T3, T4,#D, #P, and TC. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.22. SUBCONSOLE_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. SUBCONSOLE_ID Specifies the subconsole session identifier. This keyword is used when HOST_TYPE=1 (System/36). Values Character field NULL for system console, or NAME (A through Z) of an System/36 logical terminal session. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.23. SEPARATOR_PAGES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. SEPARATOR_PAGES Sets the number of separator pages. This keyword is used when HOST_TYPE=1 (System/36). Values Specify an integer (0 through 3). The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.24. 5250_PRINTER_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. 5250_PRINTER_NAME Specifies a unique 5250 printer name. This keyword is used when HOST_TYPE=1 (System/36). Values 1 through 10 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.25. NETWORK_OR_CONVENIENCE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. NETWORK_OR_CONVENIENCE Determines whether the printer is a network or convenience printer. This keyword is used when HOST_TYPE=1 (System/36). Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Convenience printer 2 = Network printer The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.26. AS400_WORKSTATION_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AS400_WORKSTATION_ID Specifies the AS/400 Workstation ID. This keyword is used when HOST_TYPE=2 (AS400). Values 1 through 10 of the following characters: SNA Type A characters plus the underscore (_) The first character cannot be a numeric character or the underscore (_). The constant BLANK is also valid. When BLANK is used, a default name will be assigned by the host upon initiation of the session. The default is BLANK. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.27. AUTO_LOGON ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AUTO_LOGON Specifies AS/400 autologon. This keyword is used when HOST_TYPE=2 (AS400). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.28. MSG_QUEUE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MSG_QUEUE Specifies the AS/400 message queue. This keyword is used when HOST_TYPE=2 (AS400). Values 1 through 10 of SNA Type A characters (does not allow (_) underscore) The first character cannot be a numeric character. The default is QSYSOPR. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.4.29. MSG_QUEUE_LIB ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MSG_QUEUE_LIB Specifies the AS/400 message queue library. This keyword is used when HOST_TYPE=2 (AS400). Values 1 through 10 of SNA Type A characters plus the (_) underscore The first character cannot be a numeric character or the underscore (_). One exception is allowed: *LIBL is a valid entry. The default is *LIBL. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Session Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5. 5250 Window and Mouse Keywo ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: SESSION_TYPE must equal 1 (Display) to use these field keywords. PROTECTED_FIELD_ALARM SCREEN_UPDATE_ALARM TITLE_BAR DISPLAY_ROW_COLUMN DISPLAY_ICON MIN_MAX_STATE AUTO_FONT MENU_BAR HOTSPOT_PFNN HOTSPOT_FPNN HOTSPOT_FNN HOTSPOT_CMDNN HOTSPOT_NN HOTSPOT_SELECT_STRING Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.1. PROTECTED_FIELD_ALARM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PROTECTED_FIELD_ALARM Sets the protected field alarm. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.2. SCREEN_UPDATE_ALARM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SCREEN_UPDATE_ALARM Sets the screen update alarm. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.3. TITLE_BAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TITLE _BAR Shows the session title bar. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.4. DISPLAY_ROW_COLUMN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DISPLAY_ROW_COLUMN Determines whether to display row and column for the operator information area. Use this field when DISPLAY_ICON=2 (Off). Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 2. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.5. DISPLAY_ICON ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DISPLAY_ICON Displays the con for the operator information area. Use this field when TITLE_BAR=2 (Off). Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 2. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.6. MIN_MAX_STATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MIN_MAX_STATE Sets the window to minimized or maximized state. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Neither 2 = Minimized 3 = Maximized The default is 2. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.7. AUTO_FONT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AUTO_FONT Sets the Automatic Font Selection Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator records 5250 Session 5250 Window and mouse keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.8. MENU_BAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MENU_BAR Determines whether to show the menu bar. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.9. HOTSPOT_PFNN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_PFNN Determines whether to activate Hotspot support for PFnn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.10. HOTSPOT_FPNN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_FPNN Determines whether to activate Hotspot support for FPnn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.11. HOTSPOT_FNN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_FNN Determines whether to activate Hotspot support for Fnn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.12. HOTSPOT_CMDNN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_CMDNN Determines whether to activate Hotspot support for CMDnn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator records 5250 Session 5250 Window and mouse keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.13. HOTSPOT_NN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_NN Determines whether to activate Hotspot support for nn. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.5.14. HOTSPOT_SELECT_STRING ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOTSPOT_SELECT_STRING Determines whether to activate Hotspot support for Point-and-Select String. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = On 2 = Off The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Window and Mouse Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6. 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: SESSION_TYPE must equal 2 (Printer), or ACTIVATE_PS_PRINT must equal 1 (Yes), to use these printer keywords. PRINT_OIA PRINT_NULLS_SPACES DEVICE_FONTS SPOOL_OUTPUT SKIP_BLANK_LINES HOST_CODE_PAGE PC_CODE_PAGE CHARS_PER_INCH LINES_PER_INCH LINE_SPACING JOB_NAME JOB_PRIORITY COPIES SPOOL_NAME ATTRIBUTES FAMILY_NAME FACE_NAME UPDATE_ALARM HOST_FONT_OVERRIDE AUTO_PAGE_ORIENTATION FONT_TYPE SUPER_SUB_SIZE PROMPT_LEVEL DRAWER_1_ORIENTATION DRAWER_2_ORIENTATION FORM_NAME PRINTER_NAME SPOOL_DATA_FORMAT Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.1. PRINT_OIA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PRINT_OIA Specifies whether to print the operator information area (OIA). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.2. PRINT_NULLS_SPACES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PRINT_NULLS_SPACES Specifies whether to print nulls as spaces. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator records 5250 Session 5250 Printer keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.3. DEVICE_FONTS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_FONTS Specifies whether to use device fonts only. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.4. SPOOL_OUTPUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SPOOL_OUTPUT Specifies whether to spool presentation space print output. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.5. SKIP_BLANK_LINES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SKIP_BLANK_LINES Specifies whether to skip blank lines in presentation space print. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.6. HOST_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_CODE_PAGE Specifies the host code page. Values Specify an integer. (This value must be one of the following: 037, 273, 277, 278, 280, 284, 285, 297, 500, 870, 871, 1026, or 65280 through 65534.) Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 930, 931 Korea - 933 PRC - 935 ROC - 937 Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.7. PC_CODE_PAGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PC_CODE_PAGE Sets the workstation code page. Values Specify an integer. (This value must be one of the following: 437, 850, 852, 857, 860, 861, 863, 865, or 65280 through 65534.) The default is based on the workstation's country as defined in the CONFIG.SYS file. Note: In DBCS systems, the following values are valid: Japan - 932, 942 Korea - 934, 944, 949 PRC - 935, 946 ROC - 938, 948 Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.8. CHARS_PER_INCH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CHARS_PER_INCH Sets the characters per inch (cpi). Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default for SBCS systems is 10. Note: For DBCS systems, only integers 10, 12 and 15 cpi are valid. The default is 12 for display and 10 for printer session type. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.9. LINES_PER_INCH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINES_PER_INCH Sets the lines per inch (lpi). Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 6. Note: For DBCS systems, only integers 4, 6 and 8 lpi are valid. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.10. LINE_SPACING ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINE_SPACING Sets the line spacing for presentation space print. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Single 2 = Double The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.11. JOB_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ JOB_NAME Sets the presentation space print job name. Values 1 through 16 alphanumeric characters for SBCS. Note: For DBCS systems, 1 through 16 characters of any type can be used. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.12. JOB_PRIORITY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ JOB_PRIORITY Specifies the job priority. Values Specify an integer (1 through 99) The default is 50. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.13. COPIES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPIES Sets the number of copies. Values Specify an integer (1 through 99) The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.14. SPOOL_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SPOOL_NAME Specifies the spooler queue name. Values 1 through 8 characters Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.15. ATTRIBUTES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ATTRIBUTES Determines whether attributes are printed. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Ignore all attributes 2 = Use foreground attributes only 3 = Use all attributes The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.16. FAMILY_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FAMILY_NAME Specifies the font family name. Values 1 through 32 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.17. FACE_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FACE_NAME Specifies the font face name. Values 1 through 32 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.18. UPDATE_ALARM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ UPDATE_ALARM Sets the update alarm. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.19. HOST_FONT_OVERRIDE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_FONT_OVERRIDE Specifies whether to override the host font. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.20. AUTO_PAGE_ORIENTATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. AUTO_PAGE_ORIENTATION Specifies whether to set automatic page orientation. Note: Use only in SBCS systems. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.21. FONT_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. FONT_TYPE Specifies the host font ID. Values Specify an integer (1 through 48). The font associated with each value is listed in the following example. The default is 2. 1 = OCR-B 25 = Symbol Scribe 12 2 = Courier 10 26 = Script 3 = Rhetoric 27 = Courier 12 4 = Prestige Pica 28 = Prestige Elite 5 = Artisan 10 29 = Letter Gothic 12 6 = Courier Italic 10 30 = Prestige Elite Bold 7 = OCR-A 31 = Letter Gothic Bold 8 = Pica 32 = Not used 9 = Math Symbol 33 = Prestige Elite Italic 10 = Orator Bold 34 = Boldface Italic 11 = Gothic Bold 10 35 = Modern 12 = Gothic Text 10 36 = Boldface 13 = Roman Text 10 37 = Essay 14 = Serif Text 10 38 = Essay Italic 15 = Serif Italic 10 39 = Essay Bold 16 = Katakana 40 = Barak 17 = Courier Bold 41 = Essay Light 18 = Shalom 42 = Document 19 = Gothic Text 12 43 = Gothic Text 13 20 = Gothic Italic 12 44 = Prestige 15 21 = Gothic Bold 12 45 = Courier 15 22 = Serif Text 12 46 = Math Symbol 15 23 = Serif Italic 12 47 = Serif Text 15 24 = Serif Bold 12 48 = Gothic Text 15 Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.22. SUPER_SUB_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. SUPER_SUB_SIZE Sets the subscript and superscript height. Values Specify an integer (1 through 100). The default is 66. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.23. PROMPT_LEVEL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. PROMPT_LEVEL Specifies the prompt level. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Never 2 = As needed 3 = Always The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.24. DRAWER_1_ORIENTATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. DRAWER_1_ORIENTATION Sets the drawer 1 orientation. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Portrait 2 = Landscape 3 = Computer output reduction The default is 3. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.25. DRAWER_2_ORIENTATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with SBCS systems. DRAWER_2_ORIENTATION Sets the drawer 2 orientation. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Portrait 2 = Landscape 3 = Computer output reduction The default is 3. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.26. FORM_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. FORM_TYPE Sets the form type. Values Specify a integer (1 or 2). 1 = Continuous forms 2 = Cut Sheets The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.27. PRINTER_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. PRINTER_TYPE Sets the printer type. Values Specify a integer (1 or 2). 1 = Page printer 2 = Line Printer The default is 2. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.6.28. SPOOL_DATA_FORMAT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only with DBCS systems. SPOOL_DATA_FORMAT Specifies the spool data format. Values Specify a integer (1 or 2). 1 = Raw data 2 = GPI The default is 1. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Printer Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.7. 5250 Color Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a 5250 color record, use the 5250_COLOR keyword number. You can define an unlimited number of 3270 and 5250 color records. The following is an example: 5250_color = ( name = colr5250 back.11 = 5 back.27 = 2 fore.11 = 1 fore.27 = 1 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.8. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for the 5250 color record are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.8.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Names the 5250 color record. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters This value must be unique for all 5250 and 3270 emulation color records. Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.8.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.8.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topic: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.9. 5250 Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The following values are valid for the 5250 color record keywords: 1 = 20 Green/Black 18 = 31 Black/Cyan Separator 2 = 21 Black/Green 19 = 32 Yellow/Black Separator 3 = 22 White/Black 20 = 33 Black/Yellow Separator 4 = 23 Black/White 21 = 34 Cyan/Black Separator 5 = 24 Green/Black Underscore 22 = 35 Black/Cyan Separator 6 = 25 Black/Green Underscore 23 = 36 Yellow/Black Separator 7 = 26 White/Black Underscore 24 = 37 Non-Display Separator 8 = 27 Non-Display 25 = 38 Magenta/Black 9 = 28 Red/Black 26 = 39 Black/Magenta 10 = 29 Black/Red 27 = 3A Blue/Black 11 = 2A Red/Black 28 = 3B Black/Blue 12 = 2B Black/Red 29 = 3C Magenta/Black Underscore 13 = 2C Red/Black Underscore 30 = 3D Black/Magenta Underscore 14 = 2D Black/Red Underscore 31 = 3E Blue/Black Underscore 15 = 2E Red/Black Underscore 32 = 3F Non-Display 16 = 2F Non-Display 33 = OIA - Operator Information Area 17 = 30 Cyan/Black Separator Related Topic: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.9.1. BACK.* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BACK.* Sets the background color values for a 5250 host attribute, where * is a number from 1 through 33 representing the host color attribute. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). 1 = Black 9 = Gray 2 = Blue 10 = Light blue 3 = Green 11 = Light green 4 = Cyan 12 = Light cyan 5 = Red 13 = Light red 6 = Magenta 14 = Light magenta 7 = Brown 15 = Yellow 8 = Light Gray 16 = White Note: For DBCS systems, 7 = Yellow (not brown) Related Topic: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.9.2. FORE.* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FORE.* Sets the foreground color values for a 5250 host attribute, where * is a number from 1 through 33 representing the host color attribute. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). 1 = Black 9 = Gray 2 = Blue 10 = Light blue 3 = Green 11 = Light green 4 = Cyan 12 = Light cyan 5 = Red 13 = Light red 6 = Magenta 14 = Light magenta 7 = Brown 15 = Yellow 8 = Light Gray 16 = White Note: For DBCS systems, 7 = Yellow (not brown) Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.9.3. UNDER.* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ UNDER.* Specifies whether to set the underscore to represent a 5250 host attribute, where * is a number from 1 through 33 representing the host color attribute. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.9.4. COLUNM.* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for DBCS systems. COLUNM.* Specifies whether to set the underscore to represent a 5250 host attribute, where * is a number from 1 through 33 representing the host color attribute. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes Related Topics: 5250 Emulator Records 5250 Session 5250 Color Record Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14. Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the configuration keywords for the keyboard feature. The keyboard feature allows users to add keyboard records to a configuration. The keyboard feature records are: o AT Keyboard o Enhanced Keyboard o 106_Enhanced Keyboard (DBCS only) Note: The function performed by the Keyboard Remap feature is not supported in response files. Individual keys cannot be changed in a response file. However, an entire keyboard record can be copied from one configuration to another using the COPY and SOURCE_CFG keywords. The following example shows how to copy the keyboard record KBPROF from the configuration CFG22 to the current user configuration as the record named MYPROF. The configuration specified on the SOURCE_CFG keyword must either be fully qualified or be available on the DPATH (including the directories given on the /R: and /G: CMSETUP command-line parameters). at_keyboard = ( name = myprof copy = kbprof source_cfg = cfg22 ) You can also create previously remapped keyboard records in the user's configuration by having them in the model configuration. A keyboard record can only be added or deleted. An existing record cannot be updated using this function. If the COUNTRY field is not specified in a keyboard feature record, the default keyboard is determined by querying the workstation's keyboard. ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.1. AT Keyboard Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an AT keyboard feature, use the AT_KEYBOARD keyword. The following is an example of an AT keyboard record: at_keyboard = ( name = keyprof1 ) Related Topics: Keyboard Records General Keywords SOURCE_CFG COUNTRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for the AT keyboard record are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Names the keyboard record. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.3. AT Keyboard Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The AT keyboard keywords are: o SOURCE_CFG o COUNTRY Related Topics: Keyboard Records General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.3.1. SOURCE_CFG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SOURCE_CFG Specifies a configuration from which to copy the keyboard record. This keyword is valid only if the COPY keyword is specified. If the copy keyword is specified, the config file specified in SOURCE_CFG will be processed to find the keyboard record name specified in the COPY keyword. The config file specified is located using the same methodology as the CMMODELCFG and CMUSERCFG keywords. Values Specify a file name (drive and directory are optional). The default is the current configuration. This keyword is useful for adding remapped keyboards from one configuration to another versus adding default keyboards. Related Topics: Keyboard records AT Keyboard General Keywords COUNTRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.3.2. COUNTRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COUNTRY Specifies the key mapping configuration for the AT keyboard. This is an optional keyword, not used when COPY is specified, or when the record specified in the NAME keyword already exists in the configuration. The default is the country that is defined to OS/2 as the default keyboard. values Specify an integer: 1 = Belgium 2 = Canada 5 = Denmark 8 = France 9 = Germany / Austria 14 = Italy 15 = Latin America 16 = Netherlands 17 = Norway 19 = Portugal 20 = Switzerland (French) 21 = Switzerland (German) 22 = Spain 23 = Finland / Sweden 27 = United Kingdom 28 = United States 30 = Brazil 50 = Japan (Extended Katakana for 3270) 51 = Japan (Katakana for 3270 and 5250) 52 = Japan (Extended English for 3270 and 5250) 53 = Korea 54 = Taiwan Note: Values 50 through 54 are valid for DBCS systems only. All other values are valid for SBCS systems only. Related Topics: Keyboard Records AT Keyboard General Keywords SOURCE_CFG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.4. Enhanced Keyboard Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define the Enhanced Keyboard record, use the ENHANCED_KEYBOARD keyword. The following is an example: enhanced_keyboard = ( name = keyprof1 ) Related Topics: Keyboard Records General Keywords SOURCE_CFG COUNTRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.5. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for Enhanced keyboard are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.5.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Names the keyboard record. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.5.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.5.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.6. Enhanced Keyboard Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ THE enhanced keyboard keywords are: o SOURCE_CFG o COUNTRY Related Topics: Keyboard records Enhanced Keyboard General keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.6.1. SOURCE_CFG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SOURCE_CFG Specifies a configuration from which to COPY the keyboard record. This keyword is valid only if the copy keyword is specified. If the copy keyword is specified, the config file specified in SOURCE_CFG will be processed to find the keyboard record name specified in the COPY keyword. The config file specified is located using the same methodology as the CMMODELCFG and CMUSERCFG keywords. This keyword is valid only if the copy keyword is specified. Values Specify a file name (drive and directory are optional). The default is the current configuration. This keyword is useful for adding remapped keyboards from one configuration to another versus adding default keyboards. Related Topics: Keyboard Records Enhanced Keyboard General Keywords COUNTRY KEYBOARD_LAYOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.6.2. COUNTRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COUNTRY Specifies the key mapping configuration for the enhanced keyboard. This is an optional keyword, not used when COPY is specified, or when the record specified in the NAME keyword already exists in the configuration. The default is the country that is defined to OS/2. as the default keyboard. Values Specify an integer: 1 = Belgium 2 = Canada 3 = Czech (Slovak) 4 = Czech (Czech) 5 = Denmark 6 = France (ID 120) 7 = France (ID 189) 9 = Germany / Austria 10 = Hungary 11 = Iceland 12 = Italy (ID 141) 13 = Italy (ID 142) 15 = Latin America 16 = Netherlands 17 = Norway 18 = Poland 19 = Portugal 20 = Switzerland (French) 21 = Switzerland (German) 22 = Spain 23 = Finland / Sweden 24 = Turkey 25 = United Kingdom (ID 166) 26 = United Kingdom (ID 168) 28 = United States 29 = Yugoslavia 30 = Brazil 50 = Japan (Extended Katakana for 3270) 51 = Japan (Katakana for 3270 and 5250) 52 = Japan (Extended English for 3270 and 5250) 53 = Korea 54 = Taiwan 122 = IBM Host-Connected 122-Keyboard (US/Canada) 123 = IBM Host-Connected 122-Keyboard (France) Note: Values 50 through 54 are valid for DBCS systems only. All other values are valid for SBCS systems only. Related Topics: Keyboard Records Enhanced Keyboard General Keywords SOURCE_CFG KEYBOARD_LAYOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.6.3. KEYBOARD_LAYOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for SBCS systems. KEYBOARD_LAYOUT Select keyboard layout. Values Specify an integer (0 or 1) 0 = Standard type 1 = Personal Communications/3270 type The default is 0. Related Topics: Keyboard records Enhanced Keyboard General keywords SOURCE_CFG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.7. 106 Enhanced Keyboard Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for DBCS systems. To define the 106_Enhanced Keyboard record, use the 106_ENHANCED_KEYBOARD keyword. The following is an example: 106_enhanced_keyboard = ( name = keyprof1 ) Related Topics: Keyboard Records General keywords SOURCE_CFG COUNTRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.8. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for DBCS systems. The general keywords for 106 Enhanced keyboard are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.8.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for DBCS systems. NAME Names the keyboard record. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.8.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for DBCS systems. DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.8.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for DBCS systems. COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters Related Topics: Keyboard Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.9. 106 Enhanced Keyboard Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for DBCS systems. The Enhanced keyboard keywords: o SOURCE_CFG o COUNTRY Related Topics: Keyboard Records General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.9.1. SOURCE_CFG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for DBCS systems. SOURCE_CFG Specifies a configuration from which to copy the keyboard record. This keyword is valid only if the copy keyword is specified. If the copy keyword is specified, the config file specified in SOURCE_CFG will be processed to find the keyboard record name specified in the COPY keyword. The config file specified is located using the same methodology as the CMMODELCFG and CMUSERCFG keywords. This keyword is valid only if the copy keyword is specified. values Specify a filename (drive and directory are optional). This keyword is useful for adding remapped keyboards from one configuration to another versus adding default keyboards. Related Topics: Keyboard Records General Keywords COUNTRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.9.2. COUNTRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: Use only for DBCS systems. COUNTRY Specifies the key mapping configuration for the Enhanced keyboard. This is an optional keyword, not used when COPY is specified, or when the record specified in the NAME keyword already exists in the configuration. The default is the country that is defined to OS/2. as the default keyboard. values Specify an integer: 50 = Japan (Extended Katakana for 3270) 51 = Japan (Katakana for 3270/4240) 52 = Japan (English (extended) for 3270/5250) 53 = Korea 54 = Taiwan Related Topics: Keyboard records 106 Enhanced Keyboard General keywords SOURCE_CFG ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15. APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the APPN configuration records: There are 20 APPN records: o Local CP o Connection Network o Logical Link o Local LU o Partner LU o Partner LU Location o Class of Service o Transaction Service Mode o SNA Defaults o Transaction Program o CPI Communications Side Information o CNOS Fully Qualified PLU Name o CNOS PLU Alias o LU-LU Password o User ID Password o Attach Manager o Explicit Sphere of Control o Default Sphere of Control o Remote Focal Point ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.1. Local CP Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a local CP record, use the LOCAL_CP keyword. You can define one local CP record. The following is an example: local_cp = ( name = appn.home cp_alias = home host_fp_support = 0 nau_address = 0 node_id = 00001 node_type = 3 nw_fp_support = 2 nw_server_name = server1 comment = local cp definition for node home max_compression_level = 1 max_compression_tokens = 128 ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.2. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for the local CP record are: o NAME o DELETE Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.2.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the local CP name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 3 through 17 SNA Type A characters This value should be a fully qualified name (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.2.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Note: If you delete this record, you must add it back by using a response file or the Configuration Verify will fail. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3. Local CP Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT CP_ALIAS HOST_FP_LINK_NAME HOST_FP_SUPPORT NAU_ADDRESS NODE_ID NODE_TYPE MAX_COMPRESSION_LEVEL MAX_COMPRESSION_TOKENS NW_FP_SUPPORT NW_SERVER_NAME Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the local CP record. Values 1 through 64 characters. This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.2. CP_ALIAS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CP_ALIAS Specifies the CP alias. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 ASCII characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.3. HOST_FP_LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_FP_LINK_NAME Specifies the host focal point link name. This keyword is only used when HOST_FP_SUPPORT=1 (Yes). Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. The LOGICAL_LINK record defining the host focal point link must have its PU_NAME keyword the same as the LOCAL_CP_NAME (or not specified). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.4. HOST_FP_SUPPORT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_FP_SUPPORT Specifies host focal point support. Note: This keyword must be set to 1 (Yes) if you want a host connection or multiple host connections. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.5. NAU_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAU_ADDRESS Specifies the NAU address. Values Specify an integer (0 through 254). 0=INDEPENDENT_LU The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.6. NODE_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NODE_ID Specifies the node ID. Values 5 or 8 hexadecimal characters (00000 through FFFFF or 00000000 through FFFFFFFF) If only 5 characters are given, the first 3 default to 05D. The default is 05D00000. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.7. NODE_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NODE_TYPE Specifies the node type. Values Specify the integer (2 or 3). 2=NN (Network Node) 3=EN (End Node) The default is 3. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.8. MAX_COMPRESSION_LEVEL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_COMPRESSION_LEVEL Specify the maximum compression level. Values Specify the integer (0 through 2). 0 = None 1 = RLE 2 = LZ9 The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.9. MAX_COMPRESSION_TOKENS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_COMPRESSION_TOKENS Specify maximum compression token. Values Specify the integer (0 through 3800). The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.10. NW_FP_SUPPORT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NW_FP_SUPPORT Specify NetWare focal point support. Values Specify the integer (0 through 3). 0 = None 1 = Upstream 2 = Downstream The default is 0. Note: If HOST_FP_SUPPORT is YES (1), integer must be None (0) or Downstream (2) If HOST_FP_SUPPORT IS NO (0), integer must be None (0) or Upstream (1) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.3.11. NW_SERVER_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NW_SERVER_NAME Specify a NetWare server name. Values Specify 1 through 128 characters. Note: Configuration of the NetWare server password within a response file is not supported in CID for security reasons. However, the NetWare server password can be configured remotely by creating a Model Configuration file through CMSETUP on an administrator's system (where the NetWare server password can be entered). The NetWare server password would then be stored in an encrypted SEC file for the Communications Manager Configuration. By using the CMModelCFG keyword in the response file to point to the Model Configuration file, the NetWare server password can be sent to the remote workstations. This method allows remote configuration of any number of workstations, each with the SAME NetWare server password. In order to have each workstation with a UNIQUE password, it is necessary to create a separate configuration through CMSETUP for each workstation. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.4. Connection Network Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a connection network record, use the CONNECTION_NETWORK keyword. There is no limit to the number of connection network records you can define. The following is an example: connection_network = ( name = appn.cn1 adapter_info.1.dlc_name = ibmtrnet adapter_info.1.adapter_number = 1 adapter_info.2.dlc_name = ibmtrnet adapter_info.2.adapter_number = 0 comment = connection network CN1 ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.5. Network General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for the Connection Network are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.5.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the connection network name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 3 through 17 SNA Type A characters This value must be a fully qualified name (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.5.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.5.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 3 through 17 SNA Type A characters This value must be a fully qualified name (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.6. Connection Network Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT ADAPTER_INFO.*.ADAPTER_NUMBER ADAPTER_INFO.*.DLC_NAME Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.6.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the connection network definition. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.6.2. ADAPTER_INFO.*.ADAPTER_NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ADAPTER_INFO.*.ADAPTER_NUMBER Specifies the adapter number, where * is an integer from 1 through 5. ADAPTER_INFO.1.ADAPTER_NUMBER is a required value for connection network records. Note: ADAPTER_INFO.1.xxx keywords are required configuration values. Each subsequent ADAPTER_INFO.n keyword must be specified consecutively; for example, ADAPTER_INFO.3.xxx keywords cannot be specified if ADAPTER_INFO.2.xxx keywords are not configured. Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.6.3. ADAPTER_INFO.*.DLC_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ADAPTER_INFO.*.DLC_NAME Specifies a DLC name, where * is an integer from 1 through 5. Specify the value in sequence. For example, 3 cannot be specified if 2 has not been specified. You must specify this field when adding an ADAPTER_NUMBER. Note: ADAPTER_INFO.1.xxx keywords are required configuration values. Each subsequent ADAPTER_INFO.n keyword must be specified consecutively; for example, ADAPTER_INFO.3.xxx keywords cannot be specified if ADAPTER_INFO.2.xxx keywords are not configured. Values One of the following strings: IBMTRNET IBMPCNET ETHERAND Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.7. Logical Link Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a logical link record, use the LOGICAL_LINK keyword. There is no limit to the number of logical link records you can define. The following is an example: logical_link = ( name = link1 adapter_number = 1 dlc_name = sdlc activate_at_startup = 0 cp_cp_session_support = 1 adjacent_node_type = 2 preferred_nn_server = 0 destination_address = 123412341234 fq_adjacent_cp_name = appn.neighbor effective_capacity = 4000000 cost_per_byte = 255 cost_per_connect_time = -1 propagation_delay = 1 security = 0 limited_resource = 0 link_station_role = 0 solicit_sscp_session = 1 comment = link to node neighbor ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.8. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The logical link general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.8.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the logical link name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.8.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.8.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9. Logical Link Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT DLC_NAME ACTIVATE_AT_STARTUP. CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT ADAPTER_NUMBER ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE. PREFERRED_NN_SERVER DESTINATION_ADDRESS ETHERNET_FORMAT X25_DIR_ENTRY_NAME OUTGOING_DIR_ENTRY_NAME FQ_ADJACENT_CP_NAME EFFECTIVE_CAPACITY COST_PER_BYTE COST_PER_CONNECT_TIME PROPAGATION_DELAY SECURITY USER_DEFINED_1 USER_DEFINED_2 USER_DEFINED_3 LIMITED_RESOUCE LINK_STATION_ROLE SOLICIT_SSCP_SESSION PU_NAME NODE_ID ADJACENT_NODE_ID IDLC_T200 IDLC_N200 IDLC_N201 IDLC_T203 IDLC_K IDLC_NW MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS USE_PUNAME_AS_CPNAME INIT_WITH_SNRM Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the logical link record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.2. DLC_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DLC_NAME Specifies the DLC type. Values This required value should be one of the following ASCII characters: SDLC IBMIDLC IBMTRNET ETHERAND IBMPCNET X25DLC TWINAX Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.3. ACTIVATE_AT_STARTUP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ACTIVATE_AT_STARTUP. Sets the Auto-activate link option. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.4. CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT Specifies whether to use CP-CP session support. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. If ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE = 1 (LEN), then specify CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT = 0 (NO). Specify PREFERRED_NN_SERVER=1 (Yes) only if ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE=2 (NN) and CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT=1 (Yes). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.5. ADAPTER_NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ADAPTER_NUMBER Specifies an adapter number. This is a required field keyword if DLC_NAME is not X25DLC, and ignored when DLC_NAME=X25DLC. If DLC_NAME is X25DLC the X25_DIR_ENTRY_NAME must be specified. ADJACENT_NOTE_ID and DESTINATION_ADDRESS should not be specified. Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.6. ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE Specifies the adjacent node type. Specify PREFERRED_NN_SERVER = 1 (Yes) only if ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE = 2 (NN) and CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT = 1 (Yes). Specify CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT = 0 (No) if ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE = 1 (LEN). Values Specify an integer (0 through 2). 0 = LEARN 1 = LEN 2 = NN The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.7. PREFERRED_NN_SERVER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PREFERRED_NN_SERVER Specifies the preferred network node server. Specify PREFERRED_NN_SERVER=1 (Yes) only if ADJACENT_NODE_TYPE=2 (NN) and CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT=1 (Yes). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.8. ETHERNET_FORMAT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ETHERNET_FORMAT Specify if DESTINATION_ADDRESS field is in Ethernet format. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.9. DESTINATION_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DESTINATION_ADDRESS Specifies the destination address. Either this keyword or ADJACENT_NODE_ID is required if DLC_NAME is either IBMTRNET, IBMPCNET, or ETHERAND, and the address has to be a valid LAN address. If DLC_NAME is X25DLC, or TWINAX, this keyword should not be specified. If DLC_NAME is IBMIDLC or SDLC, this keyword is optional. Values For non_SDLC links, a 12 digit hexadecimal MAC address optionally followed by a 2 digit hexadecimal SAP address. For SDLC links, a 2 digit hex number from 01 through FF. The default for SDLC links is FF. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.10. X25_DIR_ENTRY_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ X25_DIR_ENTRY_NAME Specifies the X.25 directory entry. This is a required field keyword when DLC_NAME=X25DLC, and ignored when DLC_NAME is not X25DLC. If DLC_NAME is X25DLC the X25_DIR_ENTRY_NAME must be specified. ADJACENT_NOTE_ID and DESTINATION_ADDRESS should not be specified. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.11. OUTGOING_DIR_ENTRY_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ OUTGOING_DIR_ENTRY_NAME Specifies the Outgoing Call Directory Table (OCDT) entry name. This is a required field keyword if DLC_NAME is SDLC and ADAPTER_NUMBER is greater than 1. This field keyword is required for SNA-ISDN connections. Values 1 through 15 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.12. FQ_ADJACENT_CP_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FQ_ADJACENT_CP_NAME Specifies a fully qualified adjacent CP name. Values 3 through 17 SNA Type A characters This value must be a fully qualified name (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.13. EFFECTIVE_CAPACITY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ EFFECTIVE_CAPACITY Specifies the effective capacity. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 16000000). -1=USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.14. COST_PER_BYTE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COST_PER_BYTE Specifies the cost per byte. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 255). -1=USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.15. COST_PER_CONNECT_TIME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COST_PER_CONNECT_TIME Specifies the cost per connect time. Values. Specify an integer (-1 through 255). -1=USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.16. PROPAGATION_DELAY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PROPAGATION_DELAY Sets the propagation delay. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 5). -1 = USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION 0 = MINIMUM 1 = LAN 2 = TELEPHONE 3 = PACKET_SWITCHED_NETWORK 4 = SATELLITE 5 = MAXIMUM The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.17. SECURITY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SECURITY Specifies the security value. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 6). -1 = USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION 0 = NONSECURE 1 = PUBLIC_SWITCHED_NETWORK 2 = UNDERGROUND_CABLE 3 = SECURE_CONDUIT 4 = GUARDED_CONDUIT 5 = ENCRYPTED 6 = GUARDED_RADIATION The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.18. USER_DEFINED_1 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USER_DEFINED_1 Sets a relative value for transmission group characteristics. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 255). -1 = USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.19. USER_DEFINED_2 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USER_DEFINED_2 Sets a relative value for transmission group characteristics. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 255). -1 = USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.20. USER_DEFINED_3 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USER_DEFINED_3 Sets a relative value for transmission group characteristics. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 255). -1 = USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.21. LIMITED_RESOURCE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LIMITED_RESOURCE Specifies limited resource. Values Specify one of the following values: 0 or No = No 1 or Y = Yes -1 = USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION If CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT=0 (No), the default is -1. If CP_CP_SESSION_SUPPORT=1 (Yes), the default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.22. LINK_STATION_ROLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_STATION_ROLE Specifies the link station role. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 3). -1 = USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION 0 = SECONDARY 1 = PRIMARY 3 = NEGOTIABLE The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.23. SOLICIT_SSCP_SESSION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SOLICIT_SSCP_SESSION Indicates if an SSCP-PU session is required from the host. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes Always set this value to 1 (Yes) if the link is to be used as a host connection. The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.24. PU_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PU_NAME Defines a local PU name. This keyword is optional if SOLICIT_SSCP_SESSION=1 (Yes). This keyword should not be specified when SOLICIT_SSCP_SESSION=0 (No). Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.25. NODE_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NODE_ID Specifies the node ID. Values 5 or 8 hexadecimal characters (00000 through FFFFF or 00000000 through FFFFFFFF) If 5 characters are given, the first 3 default to 05D. Default is set to NODE_ID of the LOCAL_CP record. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.26. ADJACENT_NODE_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ADJACENT_NODE_ID Specifies the adjacent node ID. This keyword should not be specified when DESTINATION_ADDRESS is not equal to 0 or FQ_ADJACENT_CP_NAME or X25_DIR_ENTRY_NAME is specified. ADJACENT_NODE_ID is used only for remotely activated links. You must ensure that ACTIVATE_AT_STARTUP=0 (No). Values 5 or 8 hexadecimal characters (00000 through FFFFF or 00000000 through FFFFFFFF) If 5 characters are given, the first 3 default to 05D. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.27. IDLC_T200 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: If DLC_NAME is set to IBMIDLC or if any one of the keywords are specified, IDLC_xxx keywords are added to the NDF file with the default values. If a keyword is specified, only the fields not specified are assigned default values. Otherwise, these fields will not be written in the NDF file. IDLC_T200 Specify the frame transmission timeout (T200). Values Specify an integer (0 through 300) The default is 0 -USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION. Related Topics: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.28. IDLC_N200 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: If DLC_NAME is set to IBMIDLC or if any one of the keywords are specified, IDLC_xxx keywords are added to the NDF file with the default values. If a keyword is specified, only the fields not specified are assigned default values. Otherwise, these fields will not be written in the NDF file. IDLC_N200 Specify the Retransmission Threshold (N200). Values Specify an integer (0 through 127) The default is 0 -USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION. Related Topics: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.29. IDLC_N201 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: If DLC_NAME is set to IBMIDLC or if any one of the keywords are specified, IDLC_xxx keywords are added to the NDF file with the default values. If a keyword is specified, only the fields not specified are assigned default values. Otherwise, these fields will not be written in the NDF file. IDLC_N201 Specify the Maximum I-field size (N201). Values Specify an integer (0 or 265 through 4105) The default is 0-USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION. Related Topics: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.30. IDLC_T203 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: If DLC_NAME is set to IBMIDLC or if any one of the keywords are specified, IDLC_xxx keywords are added to the NDF file with the default values. If a keyword is specified, only the fields not specified are assigned default values. Otherwise, these fields will not be written in the NDF file. IDLC_T203 Specify the integer for Inactivity Timer (T203). Values Specify an integer (0 through 65) The default is 0-USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION. Related Topics: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.31. IDLC_K ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: If DLC_NAME is set to IBMIDLC or if any one of the keywords are specified, IDLC_xxx keywords are added to the NDF file with the default values. If a keyword is specified, only the fields not specified are assigned default values. Otherwise, these fields will not be written in the NDF file. IDLC_K Specify the Maximum Number of outstanding I frames (K). Values Specify an integer (0 through 127) The default is 0-USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION. Related Topics: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.32. IDLC_NW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Note: If DLC_NAME is set to IBMIDLC or if any one of the keywords are specified, IDLC_xxx keywords are added to the NDF file with the default values. If a keyword is specified, only the fields not specified are assigned default values. Otherwise, these fields will not be written in the NDF file. IDLC_NW Specify the Dynamic window increment size (NW). Values Specify an integer (0 through 127) The default is 0 -USE_ADAPTER_DEFINITION. Related Topics: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.33. MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS Specify the number of attempts to activate a link connection. Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). 0 = Use the SNA DLC records link retry count value 255 = No limit Any non-zero value overrides the SNA DLC record for MAX_ACTIVATION_ATTEMPTS value. The default is 0. Related Topics: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.34. USE_PUNAME_AS _CPNAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USE_PUNAME_AS_CPNAME Specify whether to transmit the PU name in the CP field on an XID3 value. Used for Multiple PU only when the Host Link PU name is not equal to the CP name. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.9.35. INIT_WITH_SNRM ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INIT_WITH_SNRM Specify whether initialization should be set with normal response mode. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.10. Local LU Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a local LU record, use the LOCAL_LU keyword. There is no limit to the number of local LU records you can define. The following is an example: local_lu = ( name = filetran lu_alias = mylu nau_address = 0 comment = local LU for file transfer ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.11. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The local LU general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.11.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the local LU name. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.11.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.11.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.12. Local LU Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT LU_ALIAS NAU_ADDRESS HOST_LINK_NAME Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.12.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the local LU record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.12.2. LU_ALIAS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LU_ALIAS Specifies the LU alias. Values 1 through 8 ASCII characters The default is the value for NAME. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.12.3. NAU_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAU_ADDRESS Specifies the NAU address. Values Specify an integer (0 through 254). 0 = INDEPENDENT_LU The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.12.4. HOST_LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_LINK_NAME Specifies the host link name (dependent LUs). Ignored if NAU_ADDRESS = 0 Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.13. Partner LU Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a partner LU record, use the PARTNER_LU keyword. There is no limit to the number of partner LU records you can define. The following is an example: partner_lu = ( name = pipeline partner_lu_alias = pipe2 partner_lu_uninterpreted_name = piping max_mc_ll_send_size = 4096 comment = remote LU for pipeline ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.14. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The partner LU general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.14.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the partner LU name. Values 1 through 17 SNA Type A characters This value can be a fully qualified name (netid.name) or name. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.14.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.14.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 17 SNA Type A characters This value can be a fully qualified name (netid.name) or name. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.15. Partner LU Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT PARTNER_LU_ALIAS PARTNER_LU_UNINTERPRETED_NAME CONV_SECURITY_VERIFICATION MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE PARALLEL_SESSION_SUPPORT Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.15.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the partner LU record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.15.2. PARTNER_LU_ALIAS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PARTNER_LU_ALIAS Specifies the partner LU alias. Values 1 through 8 ASCII characters The default is the same value specified in name portion of the fully qualified name (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.15.3. PARTNER_LU_UNINTERPRETED_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PARTNER_LU_UNINTERPRETED_NAME Specifies the partner LU uninterpreted name. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.15.4. CONV_SECURITY_VERIFICATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CONV_SECURITY_VERIFICATION Specifies whether to use conversation security verification. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = NO 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.15.5. MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE Sets the maximum mapped conversation logical record length. Values Specify an integer (2048 through 32767). The default is 32767. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.15.6. PARALLEL_SESSION_SUPPORT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PARALLEL_SESSION_SUPPORT Specifies whether to use parallel session support. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.16. Partner LU Location Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a partner LU location record, use the PARTNER_LU_LOCATION keyword. There is no limit to the number of partner LU location records you can define. The following is an example: partner_lu_location = ( name = pipeline wildcard_entry = 0 fq_owning_cp_name = localnet.neighbor local_node_nn_server = 0 fq_serving_nn_cp_name = localnet.nn comment = Location of Pipeline LU ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.17. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The partner LU location general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.17.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies a fully qualified partner LU name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values. 1 through 17 SNA Type A characters This value should be a fully qualified partner LU name (netid.name), a partner LU name (name), or the keyword BLANK when WILDCARD_ENTRY=1 (Full). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.17.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.17.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 17 SNA Type A characters This value should be a fully qualified partner LU name (netid.name), a partner LU name (name), or the keyword BLANK when WILDCARD_ENTRY=1 (Full). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.18. Partner LU Location Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT WILDCARD_ENTRY FQ_OWNING_CP_NAME LOCAL_NODE_NN_SERVER FQ_SERVING_NN_CP_NAME Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.18.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the partner LU location record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.18.2. WILDCARD_ENTRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ WILDCARD_ENTRY Specifies a wildcard entry. Specify FQ_SERVING_NN_CP_NAME only if WILDCARD_ENTRY=0 (No) or 2 (Partial). Values Specify an integer (0 through 2). 0 = No 1 = Full 2 = Partial The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.18.3. FQ_OWNING_CP_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FQ_OWNING_CP_NAME Specifies a fully qualified owning CP name. Values. 3 through 17 SNA Type A characters This required value must be a fully qualified name (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.18.4. LOCAL_NODE_NN_SERVER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOCAL_NODE_NN_SERVER Specifies the local node NN server. This keyword is only referenced if the local node is a network node(LOCAL_CP NODE_TYPE=2 (NN)). If LOCAL_NODE_NN_SERVER = 1, Then FQ_SERVING_NN_CP_NAME can be specified. The value must equal the local CP name (LOCAL_CP name). If this keyword = 0 (No),FQ_SERVING_NN_CP_NAME must be specified and the value must not be the same as the local CP name (LOCAL_CP name). Values Specify a boolean value. 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes This value must be 1 when defining LUs attached to your network node by way of an LEN connection. The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.18.5. FQ_SERVING_NN_CP_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FQ_SERVING_NN_CP_NAME Specifies the fully qualified serving network node CP name. Do not specify this keyword if WILDCARD_ENTRY=1 (Full). This keyword is only referenced if the local node is a network node (LOCAL_CP NODE_TYPE=2 (NN)). Values 3 through 17 SNA Type A characters This value must be a fully qualified name (netid.name). If LOCAL_NODE_NN_SERVER=0 (No), this value must not be the same as the local CP name (LOCAL_CP NAME). If LOCAL_NODE_NN_SERVER=1 (Yes), this value (if specified) must be the same as the local CP name (LOCAL_CP NAME). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.19. Class of Service Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a class of service record, use the COS keyword. There is no limit to the number of class of service records you can define. The following is an example: cos = ( name = cos1 comment = sample COS definition transmission_priority = 3 node_row.1.weight = 101 node_row.1.congestion_range = y,y node_row.1.route_addition_res_range = 11,21 node_row.2.weight = 102 node_row.2.congestion_range = n,y node_row.2.route_addition_res_range = 12,22 tg_row.1.weight = 201 tg_row.1.cost_per_byte_range = 41,51 tg_row.1.cost_per_connect_time_range = 21,31 tg_row.1.effective_capacity_range = 121,131 tg_row.1.propagation_delay_range = 0,5 tg_row.1.security_range = 0,6 tg_row.1.user_defined_1_range = 61,71 tg_row.1.user_defined_2_range = 81,91 tg_row.1.user_defined_3_range = 101,111 tg_row.2.weight = 202 tg_row.2.cost_per_byte_range = 42,52 tg_row.2.cost_per_connect_time_range = 22,32 tg_row.2.effective_capacity_range = 122,132 tg_row.2.propagation_delay_range = 2,3 tg_row.2.security_range = 1,5 tg_row.2.user_defined_1_range = 62,72 tg_row.2.user_defined_2_range = 82,92 tg_row.2.user_defined_3_range = 102,112 ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.20. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The class of service general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.20.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the class of service name. The IBM supplied COS definitions are automatically created by the configuration utilities: these definitions cannot be created using the COS keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.20.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.20.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21. Class of Service Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT TRANSMISSION_PRIORITY NODE_ROW.n.WEIGHT NODE_ROW.n.CONGESTION_RANGE NODE_ROW.n.ROUTE_ADDITION_RES_RANGE NODE_ROW.n.WEIGHT TG_ROW.n.COST_PER_BYTE_RANGE TG_ROW.n.COST_PER_CONNECT_TIME_RANGE TG_ROW.n.EFFECTIVE_CAPACITY_RANGE TG_ROW.n.PROPAGATION_DELAY_RANGE TG_ROW.n.SECURITY_RANGE TG_ROW.n.USER_DEFINED_1_RANGE TG_ROW.n.USER_DEFINED_2_RANGE TG_ROW.n.USER_DEFINED_3_RANGE Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the class of service record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.2. TRANSMISSION_PRIORITY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TRANSMISSION_PRIORITY Sets the transmission priority. Values Specify an integer (0 through 3). 0 = LOW 1 = MEDIUM 2 = HIGH 3 = NETWORK The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.3. NODE_ROW.*.WEIGHT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NODE_ROW.*.WEIGHT Specifies the weight, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). The default is 0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (2, for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.4. NODE_ROW.*.CONGESTION_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NODE_ROW.*.CONGESTION_RANGE Specifies the congestion range, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. The default is 01. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (2,for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Values Multi-value of 1 (or Yes), 0 (or No) If the second value is 0 (or No), then the first value must be 0 (or No). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.5. NODE_ROW.*.ROUTE_ADDITION_RES_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NODE_ROW.*.ROUTE_ADDITION_RES_RANGE Specifies the route addition resistance range, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). an error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Values Specify an integer range (0 through 255, 0 through 255). The second value must be greater than or equal to the first. The default is 0,0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.6. TG_ROW.*.WEIGHT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TG_ROW.*.WEIGHT Specifies the weight, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). The default is 0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.7. TG_ROW.*.COST_PER_BYTE_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TG_ROW.*.COST_PER_BYTE_RANGE Specifies the cost per byte range, where n is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer range (0 through 255, 0 through 255). The second value must be greater than or equal to the first. The default is 0,0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.8. TG_ROW.*.COST_PER_CONNECT_TIME_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TG_ROW.*.COST_PER_CONNECT_TIME_RANGE Specifies the cost per connect time, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer range (0 through 255, 0 through 255). The second value must be greater than or equal to the first. The default is 0,0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.9. TG_ROW.*.EFFECTIVE_CAPACITY_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TG_ROW.*.EFFECTIVE_CAPACITY_RANGE Specifies the effective capacity range, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer range (0 through 255, 0 through 255). The second value must be greater than or equal to the first. The default is 0,0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.10. TG_ROW.*.PROPAGATION_DELAY_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TG_ROW.*.PROPAGATION_DELAY_RANGE Specifies the propagation delay range, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer range (0 through 5, 0 through 5). The second value must be greater than or equal to the first. 0 = MINIMUM 1 = LAN 2 = TELEPHONE 3 = PACKET_SWITCHED_NETWORK 4 = SATELLITE 5 = MAXIMUM The default is 0,0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.11. TG_ROW.*.SECURITY_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TG_ROW.*.SECURITY_RANGE Specifies the security range, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer range (0 through 6, 0 through 6). The second value must be greater than or equal to the first. 0 = NONSECURE 1 = PUBLIC_SWITCHED_NETWORK 2 = UNDERGROUND_CABLE 3 = SECURE_CONDUIT 4 = GUARDED_CONDUIT 5 = ENCRYPTED 6 = GUARDED_RADIATION The default is 0,0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.12. TG_ROW.*.USER_DEFINED_1_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TG_ROW.*.USER_DEFINED_1_RANGE Specifies the user-defined range 1, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer range (0 through 255, 0 through 255). The second value must be greater than or equal to the first. The default is 0,0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.13. TG_ROW.*.USER_DEFINED_2_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TG_ROW.*.USER_DEFINED_2_RANGE Specifies the user-defined range 2, where n is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer range (0 through 255, 0 through 255). The second value must be greater than or equal to the first. The default is 0,0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.21.14. TG_ROW.*.USER_DEFINED_3_RANGE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TG_ROW.*.USER_DEFINED_3_RANGE Specifies the user-defined range 3, where * is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer range (0 through 255, 0 through 255). The second value must be greater than or equal to the first. The default is 0,0. Note: When you create a new class of service record, all TG_ROW.1.xxx and NODE_ROW.1.xxx fields are automatically added to the record with default values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available row (.2., for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to NODE_ROW.3.xxx fields if no values have been assigned to NODE_ROW.2.xxx fields. At least one keyword of a row must be specified to add a new row. Keywords not specified for a new row are assigned default values. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.22. Transaction Service Mode Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a transaction service mode record, use the MODE keyword. There is no limit to the number of transaction service mode records you can define. The following is an example: mode = ( name = mode2 copy = mode1 max_ru_size_upper_bound = 4096 cos_name = #connect max_negotiable_session_limit = 1 receive_pacing_window = 7 comment = single session mode ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.23. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The transaction service mode general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.23.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the mode name. You must specify this field in the response file. The IBM-supplied MODE records are automatically created by the configuration utilities. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters or the keyword BLANK Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.23.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.23.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters or the keyword BLANK Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24. Transaction Service Mode Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT COS_NAME DEFAULT_RU_SIZE MAX_RU_SIZE_UPPER_BOUND RECEIVE_PACING_WINDOW MAX_NEGOTIABLE_SESSION_LIMIT MIN_COWINNERS_SOURCE PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT COMPRESSION_NEED PLU_SLU_COMPRESSION SLU_PLU_COMPRESSION Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the transaction service mode record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.2. COS_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COS_NAME Specifies the COS name. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The default is #CONNECT. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.3. DEFAULT_RU_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEFAULT_RU_SIZE Specifies the default RU size. Values MAX_RU_SIZE_UPPER_BOUND is required if this field = 0. Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.4. MAX_RU_SIZE_UPPER_BOUND ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_RU_SIZE_UPPER_BOUND Specifies the maximum RU size upper bound. This field keyword is required if DEFAULT_RU_SIZE=0 (No). Values Specify an integer (256 through 16384). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.5. RECEIVE_PACING_WINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RECEIVE_PACING_WINDOW Specifies the session pacing window for the sessions. Values Specify an integer (0 through 63). The default is 4. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.6. MAX_NEGOTIABLE_SESSION_LIMIT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_NEGOTIABLE_SESSION_LIMIT Specifies the maximum session limit used during CNOS processing as the target. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). This value must be greater than or equal to the value of PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT. The default is 32767. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.7. MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE Specifies the minimum number of contention winner sessions used during CNOS processing as the source. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). This value must be less than or equal to the value of PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT. The default is one-half the value of PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT. Rrelated Ttopic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.8. PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT Specifies the PLU mode session limit. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). This value must be greater than or equal to MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE and less than or equal to the value of MAX_NEGOTIABLE_SESSION_LIMIT. The default is the value of MAX_NEGOTIABLE_SESSION_LIMIT. related topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.9. COMPRESSION_NEED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMPRESSION_NEED Specifies data compression need. Values Specify an integer (0 through 2). 0 = Prohibited 1 = System 2 = Requested The default is 0. related topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.10. PLU_SLU_COMPRESSION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PLU_SLU_COMPRESSION Specifies PLU to SLU data compression type. Values Specify an integer (0 through 2). 0 = None 1 = RLE 2 = LZ9 The default is 0. related topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.24.11. SLU_PLU_COMPRESSION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SLU_PLU_COMPRESSION Specifies SLU to PLU data compression type. Values Specify an integer (0 through 2). 0 = None 1 = RLE 2 = LZ9 The default is 0. related topic: APPN.Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.25. SNA Defaults Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an SNA defaults record, use the SNA_DEFAULTS keyword. You can define one SNA defaults record. This record is automatically created with default values when the .NDF configuration file is created. The following is an example: sna_defaults = ( comment = default node properties for node home default_tp_operation = 2 default_tp_program_type = 3 directory_for_inbound_attaches = D:\CMLIB default_local_lu_alias = locallu max_held_alerts = 15 max_mc_ll_send_size = 2048 ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26. SNA Defaults Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT DELETE DEFAULT_TP_CONV_SECURITY_RQD DEFAULT_TP_OPERATION DEFAULT_TP_PROGRAM_TYPE DIRECTORY_FOR_INBOUND_ATTACHES IMPLICIT_INBOUND_PLU_SUPPORT DEFAULT_MODE_NAME DEFAULT_LOCAL_LU_ALIAS MAX_HELD_ALERTS MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE ************************************** Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the SNA defaults record. Values 1 through 64 alphanumeric characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.3. DEFAULT_TP_CONV_SECURITY_RQD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEFAULT_TP_CONV_SECURITY_RQD Specifies the default TP conversation security required. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.4. DEFAULT_TP_OPERATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEFAULT_TP_OPERATION Sets the default TP operation. Values Specify an integer (0 through 3). 0 = QUEUED_OPERATOR_STARTED 1 = QUEUED_AM_STARTED 2 = NONQUEUED_AM_STARTED 3 = QUEUED_OPERATOR_PRELOADED The default is 2. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.5. DEFAULT_TP_PROGRAM_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEFAULT_TP_PROGRAM_TYPE Specifies the default TP program type. Values Specify an integer (0 through 3). 0 = BACKGROUND 1 = FULL_SCREEN 2 = PRESENTATION_MANAGER 3 = VIO_WINDOWABLE The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.6. DIRECTORY_FOR_INBOUND_ATTACHES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DIRECTORY_FOR_INBOUND_ATTACHES Specifies the default TP directory. Values 1 through 64 ASCII characters You can specify an asterisk (*) as a special value to indicate that the system PATH statement should be used when starting an undefined transaction program. The default is *. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.7. IMPLICIT_INBOUND_PLU_SUPPORT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ IMPLICIT_INBOUND_PLU_SUPPORT Selects an implicit remote LU. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.8. DEFAULT_MODE_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEFAULT_MODE_NAME Specifies the default mode name. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters or the keyword BLANK You cannot specify CPSVCMG. The default is BLANK. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.9. DEFAULT_LOCAL_LU_ALIAS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEFAULT_LOCAL_LU_ALIAS Specifies the default local LU alias. Values 1 through 8 ASCII characters The default is the local CP name. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.10. MAX_HELD_ALERTS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_HELD_ALERTS Sets the maximum number of held alerts. Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). The default is 10. Related Topic: appn records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.26.11. MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MAX_MC_LL_SEND_SIZE Defines the maximum mapped conversation logical link send size. Values Specify an integer (2048 through 32767). The default is 32767. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.27. Transaction Program Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a transaction program record, use the TP keyword. There is no limit to the number of transaction program records you can define. The following are examples: tp = ( name = home$program filespec = d:\cmlib\home.exe icon_filespec = d:\cmlib\home.ico parm_string = /hello /goodbye conversation_type = 1 incoming_allocate_queue_depth = 20 incoming_allocate_timeout = 100 program_type = 2 receive_allocate_timeout = 200 sync_level = 1 tp_operation = 0 comment = Define the home transaction program ) tp = ( name = x'06',1 copy = home$program filespec = d:\cmlib\svctp.exe icon_filespec = d:\cmlib\svctp.ico conversation_type = 2 sync_level = 2 comment = Define the SNA service tp x'06F1' ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.28. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for transaction program record are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.28.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Defines the transaction program name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values TP name 1 through 64 SNA Type AE characters TP name is case sensitive. Service TP name 2-digit hexadecimal number with a value between x'00' and x'3F' (excluding x'0E' and x'0F'), optionally followed by a comma and 1 through 3 SNA Type A characters with no restriction on the first character Note: When you specify a hexadecimal number, you must precede the value with an x and a single quote (x') and follow the value with a single quote ('). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.28.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.28.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values TP name 1 through 64 SNA Type AE characters TP name is case sensitive. Service TP name 2-digit hexadecimal number with a value between x'00' and x'3F' (excluding x'0E' and x'0F'), optionally followed by 1 through 3 SNA Type A characters Note: When you specify a hexadecimal number, you must precede the value with an x and a single quote (x') and follow the value with a single quote ('). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29. Transaction Program Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT PIP_ALLOWED FILESPEC ICON_FILESPEC PARM_STRING CONV_SECURITY_RQD CONVERSATION_TYPE INCOMING_ALLOCATE_QUEQUE_DEPTH INCOMING_ALLOCATE_TIMEOUT PROGRAM_TYPE INCOMING_ALLOCATE_TIMEOUT PROGRAM_TYPE RECEIVE_ALLOCATE_TIMEOUT SYNC_LEVEL TP_OPERATION Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the TP record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: appn records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.2. PIP_ALLOWED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PIP_ALLOWED Determines whether program initialization parameters (PIP) are allowed. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.3. FILESPEC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FILESPEC Defines the file that starts the TP. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 80 characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.4. ICON_FILESPEC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ICON_FILESPEC Defines the icon file name of the start up TP file (FILE_NAME). Values 1 through 80 characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.5. PARM_STRING ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PARM_STRING Specifies TP parameters for the start up file (FILE_NAME). Values 1 through 128 characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.6. CONV_SECURITY_RQD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CONV_SECURITY_RQD Defines the conversation security required. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = NO 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.7. CONVERSATION_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CONVERSATION_TYPE Selects the conversation type. Values Specify an integer (0 through 6). 0 = HALF-DUPLEX BASIC 1 = HALF-DUPLEX MAPPED 2 = HALF-DUPLEX EITHER 3 = FULL-DUPLEX BASIC 4 = FULL-DUPLEX MAPPED 5 = FULL-DUPLEX EITHER 6 = Any type The default is 6. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.8. INCOMING_ALLOCATE_QUEUE_DEPTH ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INCOMING_ALLOCATE_QUEUE_DEPTH Specifies incoming attaches queued before rejection. This field is ignored if TP_OPERATION=2. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 255. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.9. INCOMING_ALLOCATE_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INCOMING_ALLOCATE_TIMEOUT Defines the incoming attaches queued waiting period. This field is ignored if TP_OPERATION=2. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 32767). -1 = INFINITE The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.10. PROGRAM_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PROGRAM_TYPE Defines the program type. Values Specify an integer (0 through 3). 0 = BACKGROUND 1 = FULL_SCREEN 2 = PRESENTATION_MANAGER 3 = VIO_WINDOWABLE The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.11. RECEIVE_ALLOCATE_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RECEIVE_ALLOCATE_TIMEOUT Defines the receive allocate verb, or accept conversation, incoming attach timeout. Values Specify an integer (-1 through 32767). -1=INFINITE The default is -1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.12. SYNC_LEVEL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SYNC_LEVEL Selects the synchronization level. Values Specify an integer (0 through 2). 0 = NONE 1 = CONFIRM 2 = EITHER The default is 2. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.29.13. TP_OPERATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TP_OPERATION Defines the TP operation. Values Specify an integer (0 through 3). 0 = QUEUED_OPERATOR_STARTED 1 = QUEUED_AM_STARTED 2 = NONQUEUED_AM_STARTED 3 = QUEUED_OPERATOR_PRELOADED The default is 2. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.30. CPI Communications Side Information Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a CPI Communications side information record, use the CPIC_SIDE_INFO keyword. There is no limit to the number of CPI Communications side information records you can define. The following are examples: cpic_side_info = ( name = cpic1 partner_lu_alias = pipelin1 mode_name = mode1 sna_service_tp_name = '3C', sna ) cpic_side_info = ( name = cpic2 partner_lu_alias = pipelin2 mode_name = mode2 tp_name = tp1992 ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.31. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The CPI communications side information general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.31.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Defines the symbolic destination name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 Type 01134 characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.31.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.31.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 Type 01134 characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.32. CPI Communications Side Information Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT PARTNER_LU_ALIAS FQ_PARTNER_LU_NAME TP_NAME SNA_SERVICE_TP_NAME MODE_NAME Related Topic: appn records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.32.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the CPIC side information record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.32.2. PARTNER_LU_ALIAS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PARTNER_LU_ALIAS Defines the partner LU alias. You must specify this field when creating a record. PARTNER_LU_ALIAS and FQ_PARTNER_LU_NAME are mutually exclusive. One and only one of them must be specified when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 ASCII characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.32.3. FQ_PARTNER_LU_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FQ_PARTNER_LU_NAME Defines a fully qualified partner LU name. You must specify this field when creating a record. PARTNER_LU_ALIAS and FQ_PARTNER_LU_NAME are mutually exclusive. One and only one of them must be specified when creating a record. Values 1 through 17 Type 01134 characters This value can be fully qualified name (netid.name) or the name portion of a fully qualified name (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.32.4. TP_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ TP_NAME Defines the TP name. You must specify this field when creating a record. TP_NAME and SNA_SERVICE_TP_NAME are mutually exclusive. One and only one of them may be specified in the CPI Communications side information record. Values 1 through 64 Type 00640 characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.32.5. SNA_SERVICE_TP_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SNA_SERVICE_TP_NAME SNA service TP name You must specify this field when creating a record. TP_NAME and SNA_SERVICE_TP_NAME are mutually exclusive. One and only one of them may be specified in the CPIC side information record. Values Multi-valued parameter consisting of a one byte hex number with a value between X'00' and X'3E', (excluding X'0E' and X'0F') and a 1-3 byte character set 01134 characters with no restriction on the first digit or a one byte hex number with a value between X'00' and X'3F' (excluding X'0E' and X'0F'). Note: When you specify a hex number, you must precede the value with an x and a single quote (x') and follow the value with a single quote ('). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.32.6. MODE_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MODE_NAME Defines the mode name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 Type 01134 characters or the keyword BLANK You cannot specify CPSVCMG. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.33. CNOS Fully Qualified PLU Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The CNOS_FQ_PLU_NAME keyword is used when you want to define a CNOS record specifying a fully qualified PLU name. There is no limit to the number of CNOS fully qualified PLU names you can define. The following is an example: cnos_fq_plu_name = ( name = home,localnet.neighbor,mode2 set_negotiable = no plu_mode_session_limit = 5 min_conwinners_source = 2 min_conwinners_target = 2 auto_activate = 2 ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.34. CNOS Fully Qualified PLU Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The CNOS fully qualified PLU name General Keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.34.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Defines the CNOS record name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values This value is a multi-valued name, of the form: local_lu_alias,partner_lu,mode_name where local_lu_alias is 1 through 8 characters, partner_lu is 1 through 17 SNA Type A characters, and mode_name is 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters or the keyword BLANK. mode_name is required when creating a CNOS_FQ_PLU_NAME record if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT > 0. You cannot specify CPSVCMG for mode_name. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.34.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.34.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values This value is a multi-valued name of the form: local_lu_alias,partner_lu,mode_name where local_lu_alias is 1 through 8 ASCII characters, partner_lu is 1 through 17 SNA Type A characters, and mode_name is 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters or the keyword BLANK. A mode_name is required only if it is in the name of the record being copied. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.35. CNOS Fully Qualified PLU Name Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SET_NEGOTIABLE AUTO_ACTIVATE PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET RESPONSIBLE DRAIN_SOURCE DRAIN_TARGET Related Topic: appn records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.35.1. SET_NEGOTIABLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SET_NEGOTIABLE Specifies whether to set negotiable. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = YES The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.35.2. AUTO_ACTIVATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AUTO_ACTIVATE Defines auto-activate. Specify this keyword only if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT > 0. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.35.3. PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT Defines the PLU mode session limit. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). This value must be greater than or equal to the sum of MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET. When mode_name=SNASVCMG, the settings for PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT, MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE, and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET are limited to the following valid value combinations: (2,1,1), (1,0,1), or (0,0,0). The default is 32767. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.35.4. MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE Defines the minimum conwinners source. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT must be greater than the sum of MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET. When mode_name=SNASVCMG, the settings for PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT, MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE, and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET are limited to the following valid value combinations: (2,1,1), (1,0,1), or (0,0,0). The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.35.5. MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET Defines the minimum conwinners target. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT must be greater than the sum of MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET. When mode_name=SNASVCMG, the settings for PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT, MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE, and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET are limited to the following valid value combinations: (2,1,1), (1,0,1), or (0,0,0). The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.35.6. RESPONSIBLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RESPONSIBLE Specifies the LU responsible for deactivating the sessions. This is a required field if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT=0 and mode_name is not SNASVCMG. Values Specify an integer (0 or 1). 0 = Source 1 = Target The default is 0 (Source). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.35.7. DRAIN_SOURCE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DRAIN_SOURCE Specifies whether to drain the source. This is a required field if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT=0 and mode_name is not SNASVCMG. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.35.8. DRAIN_TARGET ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DRAIN_TARGET Specifies whether to drain target. This is a required field if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT=0 and mode_name is not SNASVCMG. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.36. CNOS PLU Alias Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The CNOS_PLU_ALIAS keyword is used when you want to define a CNOS record specifying a PLU alias. There is no limit to the number of CNOS PLU alias records you can define. The following is an example: cnos_plu_alias = ( name = home,neighbor,mode2 set_negotiable = no plu_mode_session_limit = 5 min_conwinners_source = 2 min_conwinners_target = 2 auto_activate = 2 ) Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.37. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CNOS PLU Alias General Keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.37.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Defines the CNOS record name. Values This value is a multi-valued name, of the form: local_lu_alias,partner_lu,mode_name where local_lu_alias is 1 through 8 characters, partner_lu_alias is 1 through 8 characters, and mode_name is 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters or the keyword BLANK. mode_name is required when creating a CNOS_FQ_PLU_NAME record if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT > 0. You cannot specify CPSVCMG for mode_name. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.37.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.37.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values This value is a multi-valued name, in the form: local_lu_alias,partner_lu,mode_name where local_lu_alias is 1 through 8 characters, partner_lu_alias is 1 through 8 characters, and mode_name is 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters or the keyword BLANK. mode_name is required only if it is in the name of the record being copied. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.38. CNOS PLU Alias Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SET_NEGOTIABLE AUTO_ACTIVATE PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT MIN_COWINNERS_SOURCE MIN_COWINNERS_TARGET RESPONSIBLE DRAIN_SOURCE DRAIN_TARGET Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.38.1. SET_NEGOTIABLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SET_NEGOTIABLE Specifies whether to set negotiable. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.38.2. AUTO_ACTIVATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AUTO_ACTIVATE Specifies auto-activate. Specify this keyword only if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT > 0. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.38.3. PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT Defines the PLU mode session limit. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT must be greater than or equal to the sum of MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET. When mode_name=SNASVCMG, the settings for PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT, MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE, and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET are limited to the following valid value combinations: (2,1,1), (1,0,1), or (0,0,0). The default is 32767. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.38.4. MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE Defines the minimum contention winners source. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). When mode_name=SNASVCMG, the settings for PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT, MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE, and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET are limited to the following valid value combinations: (2,1,1), (1,0,1), or (0,0,0). The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.38.5. MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET Defines the minimum contention winners target. Values Specify an integer (0 through 32767). When mode_name=SNASVCMG, the settings for PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT, MIN_CONWINNERS_SOURCE, and MIN_CONWINNERS_TARGET are limited to the following valid value combinations: (2,1,1), (1,0,1), or (0,0,0). The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.38.6. RESPONSIBLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RESPONSIBLE Specifies the LU responsible for deactivating the sessions. This field keyword is required only if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT=0 and mode_name is not SNASVCMG. Values Specify an integer (0 or 1). 0 = Source 1 = Target The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.38.7. DRAIN_SOURCE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DRAIN_SOURCE Specifies whether to drain THE source. This field keyword is required only if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT=0 and mode_name is not SNASVCMG. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.38.8. DRAIN_TARGET ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DRAIN_TARGET Specifies whether to drain target. This field keyword is required only if PLU_MODE_SESSION_LIMIT=0 and mode_name is not SNA SVCMG. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.39. LU-LU Password Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an LU-LU password record, use the LU_LU_PASSWORD keyword. There is no limit to the number of LU-LU password records you can define. The following is an example: lu_lu_password = ( name = home,localnet.neighbor password = xyzpdq1 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.40. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The LU-LU Password General Keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.40.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the local and partner LU for this password. You must specify this field in the response file. Values This value is a multi-valued name, in the form lu,partner_lu, where lu is 1 through 8 characters, and partner_lu is 1 through 17 Type A characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.40.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.41. LU-LU Password Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT PASSWORD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.41.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the LU-LU password record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.41.2. PASSWORD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PASSWORD Specifies the password. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type AE characters Warning: Putting the PASSWORD value in a response file can be considered a security risk. Administrators are cautioned to provide PASSWORD information in the file at their own risk. Note: If a password is not specified and the local and partner LU name is not already defined in the security file, this record will be ignored. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.42. User ID Password Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a user ID password record, use the USER_ID_PASSWORD keyword. There is no limit to the number of user ID password records you can define. The following is an example: user_id_password = ( name = user333 password = qwerty3 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.43. General keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The user id password general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.43.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Identifies user ID name. You must specify this field in the response field. Values 1 through 10 SNA Type AE characters or an asterisk (*) To use UPM to validate incoming attaches, specify an asterisk (*) for the NAME field. The PASSWORD field is ignored. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.43.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.44. User ID Password Keywords Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT PASSWORD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.44.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the user ID password record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.44.2. PASSWORD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PASSWORD Defines the user ID password. Values 1 through 10 SNA Type AE characters Warning: Putting the PASSWORD value in a response file can be considered a security risk. Administrators are cautioned to provide PASSWORD information in the file at their own risk. Note: If a password is not specified and the user id name is not already defined in the security file, this record will be ignored. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.45. Attach Manager Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an attach manager record, use the ATTACH_MANAGER keyword. You can define one attach manager record. This record is automatically created when the .NDF configuration is created. The DELETE keyword is not supported; this function can be accomplished by setting START=0 (No). The following is an example: attach_manager = ( start = y ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.46. Attach Manager Keyword ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The attach manager keyword is: o START Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.46.1. START ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ START Starts the attach manager. You must specify this field in the response file. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.47. Activate Logical Links Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Use the ACTIVATE_LOGICAL_LINKS keyword to request activation of the specified SNA logical link. There is no limit to the number of activate logical links records you can define. The following is an example: activate_logical_links = ( name = ibmll302 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.48. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The activate logical links general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.48.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Identifies the logical link name to activate. You must specify this field in the response file. There must be a logical link record defined with this name. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.48.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.49. Explicit Sphere of Control ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Use the EXPLICIT_SOC keyword to define an explicit sphere of control for Focal Point Support. Note: The LOCAL_CP node type field should be defined as a 'Network Node' for this keyword to be enabled. The following is an example: explicit_soc = ( name = x'23',123 soc_node_name = ( appn.epl, appn.ep2, appn.ep3 ) replace_backup_fp = 1 backup_fp_name = appn.netview comment = focal point explicit sphere-of-control ) explicit_soc = ( name = accting soc_node_name = ( appn.ep1, appn.ep2, appn.ep3 ) replace_backup_fp = 1 backup_fp_name = appn.netview comment = focal point explicit sphere-of-control ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.50. Explicit Sphere of Control General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.50.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the management services category name. This field is case insensitive and must be specified in the response field. When a hex number is specified, the value must be preceded with an x and a single quote (x'). The value must be followed by a single quote, (x'1f'). Values This value can be user or SNA defined. User defined - 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. SNA defined - Multi-valued parameter consisting of one byte hex number with a value between x'00' and x'3F' (excluding x'0E' and x'0F'), followed by a comma and a 3 byte SNA Type A character string with no restriction on the first digit. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.50.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.50.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the explicit sphere of control information. This field is case insensitive and must be specified in the response field. When a hex number is specified, the value must be preceded with an x and a single quote (x'). The value must be followed by a single quote, (x'1f'). Values This value can be user or SNA defined. User defined - 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. SNA defined - Multi-valued parameter consisting of one byte hex number with a value between x'00' and x'3F' (excluding x'0E' and x'0F'), followed by a comma and a 3 byte SNA Type A character string with no restriction on the first digit. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.51. Explicit Sphere of Control Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT SOC_NODE_NAME REPLACE_BACKUP_FP BACKUP_FP_NAME Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.51.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the EXPLICIT_SOC record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.51.2. SOC_NODE_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SOC_NODE_NAME Specify the sphere of control node name. At least 1 CP name must be specified. Values A VALUE LIST of 1 through 255 CP names. Each is 3 to 17 byte SNA Type A characters. Wildcard characters '*' and '?' are not allowed. Each name must be fully-qualified (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.51.3. REPLACE_BACKUP_FP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ REPLACE_BACKUP_FP Determine whether to replace the backup focal point. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.51.4. BACKUP_FP_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BACKUP_FP_NAME Specify backup focal point name. Use this field only if REPLACE_BACKUP_FP = 1 (Yes). The name is case insensitive. Values Specify a 3 through 17 byte SNA Type A string. The name must be fully-qualified (netid.name). The default is determined based on the value of REPLACE_BACKUP_FP. If REPLACE_BACKUP_FP = 1 (Yes), the default is BLANKS, no backup is defined. If REPLACE_BACKUP_FP = 0 (No), the default is NULLS because this parameter is ignored. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.52. Default Sphere of Control ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Use the DEFAULT_SOC keyword to define the default sphere of control for Focal Point Support. Note: The LOCAL_CP node type field should be defined as a 'Network Node' for this keyword to be enabled. The following is an example: default_soc = ( name = x'06',123 replace_backup_fp = 1 backup_fp_name = appn.netview comment = focal point implicit sphere-of-control ) default_soc = ( name = accting replace_backup_fp = 1 backup _fp_name = appn.netview ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.53. Default Sphere of Control General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.53.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the management services category name. This field is case insensitive and must be specified in the response field. When a hex number is specified, the value must be preceded with an x and a single quote (x'). The value must be followed by a single quote, (x'1f'). Values This value can be user or SNA defined. User defined - 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. SNA defined - Multi-valued parameter consisting of one byte hex number with a value between x'00' and x'3F' (excluding x'0E' and x'0F'), followed by a comma and a 3 byte SNA Type A character string with no restriction on the first digit. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.53.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.53.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the default sphere of control information. This field is case insensitive and must be specified in the response field. When a hex number is specified, the value must be preceded with an x and a single quote (x'). The value must be followed by a single quote, (x'1f'). Values This value can be user or SNA defined. User defined - 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. SNA defined - Multi-valued parameter consisting of one byte hex number with a value between x'00' and x'3F' (excluding x'0E' and x'0F'), followed by a comma and a 3 byte SNA Type A character string with no restriction on the first digit. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.54. Default Sphere of Control Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT REPLACE_BACKUP_FP BACKUP_FP_NAME Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.54.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the DEFAULT_SOC record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.54.2. REPLACE_BACKUP_FP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ REPLACE_BACKUP_FP Determine whether to replace the backup focal point. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.54.3. BACKUP_FP_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BACKUP_FP_NAME Specify backup focal point name. Use this field only if REPLACE_BACKUP_FP = 1 (Yes). The name is case insensitive. Values Specify a 3 through 17 byte SNA Type A string. The name must be fully-qualified (netid.name). The default is determined based on the value of REPLACE_BACKUP_FP. If REPLACE_BACKUP_FP = 1 (Yes), the default is BLANKS, no backup is defined. If REPLACE_BACKUP_FP = 0 (No), the default is NULLS because this parameter is ignored. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.55. Remote Focal Point ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ Use the REMOTE_FOCAL_POINT keyword to define Focal Point Support. The following are examples: remote_focal_point = ( name = x'23',123 primary_fp_name = appn.netview backup_fp_name = ( appn.ep1, appn.ep2 appn.ep3 ) comment = focal point implicit sphere-of-control ) remote_focal_point = ( name = accting primary_fp_name = appn.netview backup _fp_name = ( appn.ep1, appn.ep2, appn.ep3 ) ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.56. Remote Focal Point General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.56.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the management services category name. This field is case insensitive and must be specified in the response field. When a hex number is specified, the value must be preceded with an x and a single quote (x'). The value must be followed by a single quote, (x'1f'). Values This field can be user or SNA defined. User defined - 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. SNA defined - Multi-valued parameter consisting of one byte hex number with a value between x'00' and x'3F' (excluding x'0E' and x'0F'), followed by a comma and a 3 byte SNA Type A character string with no restriction on the first digit. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.56.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.56.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the remote focal point information. This field is case insensitive and must be specified in the response field. When a hex number is specified, the value must be preceded with an x and a single quote (x'). The value must be followed by a single quote, (x'1f'). Values This field can be user or SNA defined. User defined - 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. SNA defined - Multi-valued parameter consisting of one byte hex number with a value between x'00' and x'3F' (excluding x'0E' and x'0F'), followed by a comma and a 3 byte SNA Type A character string with no restriction on the first digit. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.57. Remote Focal Point Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT PRIMARY_FP_NAME BACKUP_FP_NAME Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.57.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the Remote focal point record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.57.2. PRIMARY_FP_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PRIMARY_FP_NAME Specify the primary focal point name. This field must be specified. Values Specify a 3 to 17 byte SNA Type A string. Each name must be fully-qualified (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.57.3. BACKUP_FP_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BACKUP_FP_NAME Specify backup focal point name. Values Specify a value list of 1 to 8 CP names. Each is 3 through 17 bytes SNA Type A characters. Wildcard characters '*' and '?' are note allowed. Each name must be fully-qualified (netid.name). Related Topic: APPN Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16. LUA Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an LUA record, use the LUA keyword. There is no limit to the number of LUA records you can define. The following is an example: lua = ( name = LU8453 delete ) Related Topic: LUA Records LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.1. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for the LUA record are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: LUA Records LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.1.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the LUA host link name and must match a logical link record with that name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: LUA Records LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.1.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topic: LUA Records LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.1.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topic: LUA Records LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2. LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT HOST_LINK_NAME NAU_ADDRESS Related Topic: LUA Records LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the LUA record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topic: LUA Records LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2.2. HOST_LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HOST_LINK_NAME Specifies the host link name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters. Related Topic: LUA Records LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2.3. NAU_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAU_ADDRESS Specifies the NAU address. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). Related Topic: LUA Records LUA Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17. Gateway Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes gateway configuration records and their keywords. The DLC two gateway records are: o Gateway Host Connection o Gateway Workstation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1. Gateway Host Connection Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a gateway host connection record, use the GATEWAY_HOST keyword. There is no limit to the number of gateway host connection records you can define. The following is an example: gateway_host = ( name = host0001 comment = This is my gateway host record lu_pool.1.name = pool333 lu_pool.1.nau_range.2 = 2,5 lu_pool.1.nau_range.4 = 6,8 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.1. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for gateway host connection are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: Gateway Records Gateway Host Connection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the host link name and must match a logical link record with that name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: Gateway Host Connection DELETE COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: Gateway Host Connection NAME COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: Gateway Host Connection NAME DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2. Gateway Host Connection Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The following are the gateway host connection keywords. COMMENT LU_POOL.*.NAME LU_POOL.*.NAU_RANGE.* LU_POOL.*.AUTO_LOGOFF_TIMER Related Topics: Gateway Host Connection General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the gateway host link record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topics: Gateway Host Connection General Keywords Gateway Host Connection Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.2. LU_POOL.*.NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LU_POOL.*.NAME Specifies the pool name, where * is an integer from 1 through 254. Values 1 through 8 characters Note: When you create a new gateway host connection record, LU_POOL.1.NAU_RANGE.1, LU_POOL.1.NAME., and LU_POOL.1.AUTO_LOGOFF_TIMER fields are automatically added to the record with default values that might not be valid. Therefore, the first values that you assign should be .1. values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available field (LU_POOL.2.NAME, for example). For example, an error occurs if you assign a value to LU_POOL.2.NAME before assigning any value to LU_POOL.1.NAME. Related Topics: Gateway Host Connection General Keywords Gateway Host Connection Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.3. LU_POOL.*.NAU_RANGE.* ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LU_POOL.*.NAU_RANGE.* Specifies the NAU range, where * are integers from 1 through 254. You can specify up to 254 per LU pool. Values Specify an integer range (1 through 254, 1 through 254). The second number must be greater than or equal to the first number. Note: When you create a new gateway host connection record, LU_POOL.1.NAU_RANGE.1, LU_POOL.1.NAME., and LU_POOL.1.AUTO_LOGOFF_TIMER fields are automatically added to the record with default values that might not be valid. Therefore, the first values that you assign should be .1. values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available field (LU_POOL.2.NAME, for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to LU_POOL.2.NAME before assigning any value to LU_POOL.1.NAME. The default is 0,0. Related Topics: Gateway Host Connection General Keywords Gateway Host Connection Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.4. LU_POOL.*.AUTO_LOGOFF_TIMER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LU_POOL.*.AUTO_LOGOFF_TIMER Specifies the auto logoff timer, where * is an integer from 1 through 254. Values Specify an integer from 0 through 999. The default is 0. Related Topics: Gateway Host Connection General Keywords Gateway Host Connection Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3. Gateway Workstation Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a gateway workstation record, use the GATEWAY_WORKSTATION keyword. There is no limit to the number of gateway workstation records you can define. The following are examples: gateway_workstation = ( name = ws01link,null comment = Standard Gateway Workstation workstation_lu.1.name = ws0102 workstation_lu.1.host_link_name = hostlink workstation_lu.1.nau_address_at_workstation = 1 workstation_lu.1.nau_address_at_host = 1 workstation_lu.2.name = ws0103 workstation_lu.2.host_link_name = hostlink workstation_lu.2.nau_address_at_workstation = 2 workstation_lu.2.pool_name = 2 ) gateway_workstation = ( name = null,ibmtrnet comment = Implicit Gateway Wkst for Token-Ring connections only workstation_lu.1.name = ws0104 workstation_lu.1.host_link_name = hostlink workstation_lu.1.nau_address_at_workstation = 4 workstation_lu.1.pool_name = 2 ) gateway_workstation = ( name = null,null comment = Implicit Gateway Workstation for any connection workstation_lu.1.name = ws0105 workstation_lu.1.host_link_name = hostlink workstation_lu.1.nau_address_at_workstation = 5 workstation_lu.1.pool_name = 2 ) Related Topics: General Keywords Gateway Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3.1. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The general keywords for the gateway workstation record are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: Gateway Workstation Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3.2. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the workstation name and DLC. You must specify this field in the response file. Values A workstation link name separated by a comma (wks_link_name,dlc_name), where wks_link_name is 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters or the constatnt NULL, anddlc_name is SDLC, IBMTRNET, ETHERAND, IBMPCNET, X25DLC, TWINAX,or the constant NULL. Either wks_link_name or dlc_name (or both) must be set to the constant NULL. Related Topics: Gateway Workstation DELETE COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: Gateway Workstation NAME COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.3.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values A workstation link name separated by a comma (wks_link_name,dlc_name), where wks_link_name is 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters or the constant NULL, anddlc_name is SDLC, IBMTRNET, ETHERAND, IBMPCNET, X25DLC, TWINAX,or the constant NULL. Either wks_link_name or dlc_name (or both) must be set to the constant NULL. Related Topics: Gateway Workstation NAME DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4. Gateway Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The following are the gateway workstation keywords. COMMENT WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAME WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_WORKSTATION WORKSTATION_LU.*.HOST_LINK_NAME WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAU_ADDRESS AT HOST WORKSTATION_LU.*.POOL_NAME Related Topics: Gateway Workstation General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the gateway workstation link record. Values 1 through 64 characters This field will be truncated to 64 characters. Related Topics: Gateway Workstation General Keywords Gateway Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4.2. WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAME Specifies the workstation LU name, where * is an integer from 1 through 254. You must specify this field when creating a record. Note: When you create a new gateway workstation record, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_WORKSTATION, WORKSTATION_LU.1.HOST_LINK_NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_HOST, and WORKSTATION_LU.1.POOL_NAME fields are automatically added to the record without a value. Therefore, the first values that you assign should be the field .1. values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available field (WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME, for example). For example, an error occurs if you assign a value to WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME before assigning any value to WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: Gateway Workstation General Keywords Gateway Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4.3. WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_WORKSTATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_WORKSTATION Specifies the NAU address at the workstation, where * is an integer from 1 through 254. You must specify this field when creating a record. Note: When you create a new gateway workstation record, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_WORKSTATION, WORKSTATION_LU.1.HOST_LINK_NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_HOST, and WORKSTATION_LU.1.POOL_NAME fields are automatically added to the record without a value. Therefore, the first values that you assign should be the field .1. values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available field (WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME, for example). For example, an error occurs if you assign a value to WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME before assigning any value to WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME. Values Specify an integer (1 through 254). The default is 0. Related Topics: Gateway Workstation General Keywords Gateway Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4.4. WORKSTATION_LU.*.HOST_LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ WORKSTATION_LU.*.HOST_LINK_NAME Specifies a host link name, where * is an integer from 1 through 254. You must specify this field when creating a record. Note: When you create a new gateway workstation record, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_WORKSTATION, WORKSTATION_LU.1.HOST_LINK_NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_HOST, and WORKSTATION_LU.1.POOL_NAME fields are automatically added to the record without a value. Therefore, the first values that you assign should be the field .1. values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available field (WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME, for example). An error occurs if you assign a value to WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME before assigning any value to WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: Gateway Workstation General Keywords Gateway Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4.5. WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_HOST ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_HOST Specifies the NAU address at the host, where * is an integer from 1 through 254. WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_HOST and WORKSTATION_LU.*.POOL._NAME are mutually exclusive. Only one of them must have a value for each pool. You must specify this field when creating a record. Note: When you create a new gateway workstation record, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_WORKSTATION, WORKSTATION_LU.1.HOST_LINK_NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_HOST, and WORKSTATION_LU.1.POOL_NAME fields are automatically added to the record without a value. Therefore, the first values that you assign should be the field .1. values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available field (WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME, for example). For example, an error occurs if you assign a value to WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME before assigning any value to WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME. Values Specify an integer (1 through 254) Related Topics: Gateway Workstation General Keywords Gateway Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.4.6. WORKSTATION_LU.*.POOL_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ WORKSTATION_LU.*.POOL_NAME Specifies a pool name, where * is an integer from 1 through 254. WORKSTATION_LU.*.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_HOST and WORKSTATION_LU.*.POOL._NAME are mutually exclusive. Only one of them must have a value for each pool. You must specify this field when creating a record. Note: When you create a new gateway workstation record, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_WORKSTATION, WORKSTATION_LU.1.HOST_LINK_NAME, WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAU_ADDRESS_AT_HOST, and WORKSTATION_LU.1.POOL_NAME fields are automatically added to the record without a value. Therefore, the first values that you assign should be the field .1. values. Subsequent new values should be assigned to the next available field (WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME, for example). For example, an error occurs if you assign a value to WORKSTATION_LU.2.NAME before assigning any value to WORKSTATION_LU.1.NAME. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: Gateway Workstation General Keywords Gateway Workstation Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18. SRPI Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the SRPI configuration records and their keywords. There are two SRPI records: o SRPI Server Base Record o SRPI Server Record Keywords for the two SRPI records are: o SRPI Server Base Keyword-NOTIFY_MODE o SRPI Server Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1. SRPI Server Base Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an SRPI server base record, use the SRPI_SVRBASE keyword. You can define one SRPI server base record. The following is an example: srpi_svrbase = ( notify_mode = y ) Note that the DELETE keyword is not allowed for this record. Related Topics: SRPI Server base keyword-NOTIFY_MODE SRPI Server Record SRPI Server Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2. SRPI Server Base Keyword -NOTIFY_MODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NOTIFY_MODE Specifies whether to use the notification mode for 3270 sessions. You must specify this field in the response file. When this record is specified, there must be a coaxial (DFT) 3270 (EMU_TYPE=2) defined to produce a valid configuration. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1 Related Topics: SRPI Server Base SRPI Server Record SRPI Server Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.3. SRPI Server Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an SRPI server record, use the SRPI_SERVER keyword. You can define a maximum of 500 SRPI server records. The following is an example: srpi_server = ( name = serve003 long_session_name = SESSIONA ) Related Topics: SRPI Server Keywords SRPI server Base Keyword-NOTIFY_MODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.4. SRPI Server Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The SRPI server keywords are: NAME DELETE COPY COMMENT SERVER_NAME LONG_SESSION_NAME Related Topics: SRPI Server SRPI Server Base Record SRPI server Base Keyword-NOTIFY_MODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.4.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the server record name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 9 alphanumeric characters or an asterisk (*) Related Topics: SRPI Server Base Record SRPI Server Record SRPI Server Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.4.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: SRPI Server Base Record SRPI Server Record SRPI server keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.4.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters or an asterisk (*) Related Topics: SRPI Server Base Record SRPI Server Record SRPI Server Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.4.4. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the SRPI record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: SRPI Server Base Record SRPI Server Record SRPI Server Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.4.5. SERVER_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SERVER_NAME Specifies the server name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA TYPE A characters or an asterisk (*) If NAME is *, this keyword cannot be modified by the user. Related Topics: SRPI Server Base Record SRPI Server Record SRPI Server Keywords ********************************** ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.4.6. LONG_SESSION_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LONG_SESSION_NAME Specifies the 3270 long session name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA TYPE A characters. Related Topics: SRPI Server Base Record SRPI Server Record SRPI Server Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19. X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the X.25 configuration records and their keywords. The X.25 records are: o X.25 Link o X.25 Link PVC o X.25 Local Directory Entry o X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry o X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry o X.25 Remote SNA SVC Directory Entry o X.25 Remote Non-SNA SVC Directory Entry o X.25 Routing Table Entry ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.1. X.25 Link Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an X.25 link record, use the X25_LINK keyword. You can define a maximum of 8 X.25 link records. The following is an example: x25_link = ( name = link333 copy = link222 comment = LINK333 - same as LINK222 with some changes frame_retry_timeout = 500000 frame_retry_count = 150 restart_req_timeout = 255 call_req_timeout = 255 ) Related Topics: X.25 Records Keywords: General keywords Base Link Fields Virtual Circuit Ranges Frame Fields Packet Timeouts Virtual Circuit Fields ISDN Fields ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The X25 link general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Identifies a link name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. associated with this link record will also be deleted. Values NA Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3. Base Link Fields Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the keywords for the base link fields. COMMENT ADAPTER_SLOT_NUMBER ADAPTER_TYPE NETWORK_TYPE LOCAL_ADDRESS CCITT_COMP AUTO_CALL_UNIT CONNECT_TIMEOUT LINK_SET_UP_MODE OPERATION_MODE INIT_LINK_MODE DISCONNECT_DELAY_TIMEOUT Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the X.25 link record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.2. ADAPTER_SLOT_NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ADAPTER_SLOT_NUMBER Specifies the adapter slot number. Values Specify an integer (1 through 16). This value must be unique for all X.25 link records. The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.3. ADAPTER_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ADAPTER_TYPE Specifies the adapter type. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = c2x adapter 2 = ISDN adapter 3 = Other Note: If 2 (ISDN adapter) is specified, select Modifying PROTOCOL.INF file, for additional information about modifying the PROTOCOL.INF file remotely. The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords Modifying PROTOCOL.INI file ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.4. NETWORK_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NETWORK_TYPE Defines the network type. Values Specify an integer (1 through 9). The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.5. LOCAL_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOCAL_ADDRESS Specifies the local DTE address. You must specify this field when creating a record. The following configuration values are required: If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 1 (Yes) the following is required: ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION _NAME is required. If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 0 (NO), the following is required: ISDN_INCOMING_DIR when NUMBER_INONLY_SVC > 0. ISDN_OUTGOING_DIR when NUMBER_OUTGOING_SVC > 0. One of these DIR fields when NUMBER_2WAY_SVC > 0. Values 1 to 15 numeric characters This field must be unique among all X25_LINK records. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.6. CCITT_COMP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CCITT_COMP Selects the local CCITT compliance. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = 1980 2 = 1984 The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.7. AUTO_CALL_UNIT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AUTO_CALL_UNIT If configured, specifies Transpac VX32 modem. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.8. CONNECT_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CONNECT_TIMEOUT Sets the Transpac VX32 modem connection time-out and is used when AUTO_CALL_UNIT=1 (YES). Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 120. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.9. LINK_SET_UP_MODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ lINK_SET_UP_MODE Selects the link setup mode. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Initiate from DTE 2 = Initiate from DCE The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.10. OPERATION_MODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ OPERATION_MODE Specifies the connection operation mode. OPERATION_MODE is used when AUTO_CALL_INIT=0 (No). If ADAPTER_TYPE is not 2 (ISDN) and AUTO_CALL_UNIT=1 (Yes), then OPERATION_MODE is set to 1 (DTE). Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = DTE 2 = DCE The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.11. INIT_LINK_MODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INIT_LINK_MODE Sets the initial mode of the link. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Autoconnect 2 = Connect 3 = Disconnect If ADAPTER_TYPE is not 2 (ISDN) and AUTO_CALL_UNIT=1 (Yes), INIT_LINK_MODE cannot be 2 (Connect). The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.3.12. DISCONNECT_DELAY_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DISCONNECT_DELAY_TIMEOUT Specifies the disconnect delay timeout and is used when AUTO_CALL_UNIT=1(Yes) and INIT_LINK_MODE=1 (Autoconnect). Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.4. Virtual Circuit Range Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the keywords for virtual circuit ranges. Note: The following rules apply to virtual circuit range values: o The sum of the values for LOW_xxx_NUMBER and NUMBER_xxx must be less than or equal to 4096. This rule also applies to the lowest PVC number and the number of PVCs. In addition, the ranges for PVCs and SVCs must not overlap and must be in the following ascending order: PVCs, incoming only SVCs, two-way SVCs, outgoing-only SVCs. o The sum of the number of PVCs and the values for NUMBER_INONLY_SVC, NUMBER_2WAY_SVC, and NUMBER_OUTONLY_SVC must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 128. LOW_INONLY_SVC_NUMBER NUMBER_INONLY_SVC LOW_2WAY_SVC_NUMBER NUMBER_2WAY_SVC LOW_OUTONLY_SVC_NUMBER NUMBER_OUTONLY_SVC Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.4.1. LOW_INONLY_SVC_NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_INONLY_SVC_NUMBER Specifies the lowest incoming-only SVC number. Note: The following rules apply to virtual circuit range values: o The sum of the values for LOW_xxx_NUMBER and NUMBER_xxx must be less than or equal to 4096. This rule also applies to the lowest PVC number and the number of PVCs. In addition, the ranges for PVCs and SVCs must not overlap and must be in the following ascending order: PVCs, incoming only SVCs, two-way SVCs, outgoing-only SVCs. Values Specify an integer (0 through 4095). The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.4.2. NUMBER_INONLY_SVC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NUMBER_INONLY_SVC Defines the number of incoming-only SVCs. Note: The following rules apply to virtual circuit range values: o The sum of the values for LOW_xxx_NUMBER and NUMBER_xxx must be less than or equal to 4096. This rule also applies to the lowest PVC number and the number of PVCs. In addition, the ranges for PVCs and SVCs must not overlap and must be in the following ascending order: PVCs, incoming only SVCs, two-way SVCs, outgoing-only SVCs. o The sum of the number of PVCs and the values for NUMBER_INONLY_SVC, NUMBER_2WAY_SVC, and NUMBER_OUTONLY_SVC must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 128. Values Specify an integer (0 through 128). The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.4.3. LOW_2WAY_SVC_NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_2WAY_SVC_NUMBER Specifies the lowest two-way SVC number. Note: The following rules apply to virtual circuit range values: o The sum of the values for LOW_xxx_NUMBER and NUMBER_xxx must be less than or equal to 4096. This rule also applies to the lowest PVC number and the number of PVCs. In addition, the ranges for PVCs and SVCs must not overlap and must be in the following ascending order: PVCs, incoming only SVCs, two-way SVCs, outgoing-only SVCs. Values Specify an integer (0 through 4095). The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.4.4. NUMBER_2WAY_SVC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NUMBER_2WAY_SVC Defines the number of two-way SVCs. Note: The following rules apply to virtual circuit range values: o The sum of the values for LOW_xxx_NUMBER and NUMBER_xxx must be less than or equal to 4096. This rule also applies to the lowest PVC number and the number of PVCs. In addition, the ranges for PVCs and SVCs must not overlap and must be in the following ascending order: PVCs, incoming only SVCs, two-way SVCs, outgoing-only SVCs. o The sum of the number of PVCs and the values for NUMBER_INONLY_SVC, NUMBER_2WAY_SVC, and NUMBER_OUTONLY_SVC must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 128. Values Specify an integer (0 through 128). The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.4.5. LOW_OUTONLY_SVC_NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_OUTONLY_SVC_NUMBER Specifies the lowest outgoing-only SVC number. Note: The following rules apply to virtual circuit range values: o The sum of the values for LOW_xxx_NUMBER and NUMBER_xxx must be less than or equal to 4096. This rule also applies to the lowest PVC number and the number of PVCs. In addition, the ranges for PVCs and SVCs must not overlap and must be in the following ascending order: PVCs, incoming only SVCs, two-way SVCs, outgoing-only SVCs. Values Specify an integer (0 through 4095). The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.4.6. NUMBER_OUTONLY_SVC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NUMBER_OUTONLY_SVC Specifies the number of outgoing-only SVCs. Note: The following rules apply to virtual circuit range values: o The sum of the values for LOW_xxx_NUMBER and NUMBER_xxx must be less than or equal to 4096. This rule also applies to the lowest PVC number and the number of PVCs. In addition, the ranges for PVCs and SVCs must not overlap and must be in the following ascending order: PVCs, incoming only SVCs, two-way SVCs, outgoing-only SVCs. o The sum of the number of PVCs and the values for NUMBER_INONLY_SVC, NUMBER_2WAY_SVC, and NUMBER_OUTONLY_SVC must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 128. Values Specify an integer (0 through 128). The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.5. Frame Fields ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the keywords for frame fields. FRAME_SEQ_MOD WINDOW_SIZE FRAME_RETRY_TIMEOUT FRAME_RETRY_COUNT INOP_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.5.1. FRAME_SEQ_MOD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FRAME_SEQ_MOD Selects the frame sequence modulus. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = modulo 8 2 = modulo 128 The default is 1. If ISDN D-channel, ADAPTER_TYPE = 2 (ISDN) and ISDN_CHANNEL = 2 (D), the default is 2 (modulo 128). In this case, the value cannot be changed. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.5.2. WINDOW_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ WINDOW_SIZE Specifies the window size. Values For FRAME_SEQ_MOD=1 (modulo 8): Specify an integer (1 through 7). For FRAME=SEQ_MOD=2 (modulo 128): Specify an integer (1 through 127). The default is 7. If ISDN D-channel, ADAPTER_TYPE = 2 (ISDN) and ISDN_CHANNEL = 2 (D), the default is 3. In this case, the value cannot be changed. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.5.3. FRAME_RETRY_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FRAME_RETRY_TIMEOUT Defines the (T1) frame retransmission time-out (ms). Values Specify an integer (1 through 999999). The default is 3000. If ISDN D-channel, ADAPTER_TYPE = 2 (ISDN) and ISDN_CHANNEL = 2 (D), the default is 1000. In this case, the value cannot be changed. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.5.4. FRAME_RETRY_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FRAME_RETRY_COUNT Defines the frame transmission attempt count. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 20. If ISDN D-channel, ADAPTER_TYPE = 2 (ISDN) and ISDN_CHANNEL = 2 (D), the default is 3 In this case, the value cannot be changed. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.5.5. INOP_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INOP_TIMEOUT Sets the inoperational time-out value. Values Specify an integer (0 or 4 through 255). Specify 0 to disable the timer. The default is 30. If ISDN D-channel, ADAPTER_TYPE = 2 (ISDN) and ISDN_CHANNEL = 2 (D), the default is 10. In this case, the value cannot be changed. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6. Packet Timeouts Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the keywords for packet time-outs. RESTART_REQ_TIMEOUT CALL_REQ_TIMEOUT RESET_REQ_TIMEOUT CLEAR_REQ_TIMEOUT ACK_TIMEOUT DATA_PKT_TIMEOUT INT_PKT_TIMEOUT RESET_REQ_RETRY CLEAR_REQ_RETRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6.1. RESTART_REQ_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RESTART_REQ_TIMEOUT Sets the restart request time-out value. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 180. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6.2. CALL_REQ_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALL_REQ_TIMEOUT Sets the call request time-out value. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 200. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6.3. RESET_REQ_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RESET_REQ_TIMEOUT Sets the reset request time-out value. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 180. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6.4. CLEAR_REQ_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CLEAR_REQ_TIMEOUT Sets the clear request time-out value. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 180. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6.5. ACK_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ACK_TIMEOUT Sets the acknowledgment time-out value. Values Specify an integer (0 through 1000). Specify 0 to disable the timer. The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6.6. DATA_PKT_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DATA_PKT_TIMEOUT Sets the data packet time-out value. Values Specify an integer (0 through 1000). Specify 0 to disable the timer. The default is 200. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6.7. INT_PKT_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INT_PKT_TIMEOUT Sets the interrupt packet time-out value. Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). Specify 0 to disable the timer. The default is 180. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6.8. RESET_REQ_RETRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RESET_REQ_RETRY Specifies the reset request retry count. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 5. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.6.9. CLEAR_REQ_RETRY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CLEAR_REQ_RETRY Sets the clear request retry count. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 5. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7. Virtual Circuit Fields Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the keywords for virtual circuit fields. PKT_SEQ_MOD SVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_PKT SVC_MAX_INCOMING_PKT SVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_PKT SVC_MAX_OUTGOING_PKT SVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING WINDOW SVC_MAX_INCOMING_WINDOW SVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_WINDOW SVC_MAX_OUTGOING_WINDOW PVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_PKT PVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_PKT PVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_WINDOW PVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_WINDOW Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.1. PKT_SEQ_MOD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PKT_SEQ_MOD Specifies the packet sequence modulus. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = modulo 8 2 = modulo 128 The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.2. SVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_PKT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_PKT Defines the SVC default incoming packet size. Values For CCITT_COMP=1 (1980) Power of 2 in the range 16 through 1024 For CCITT_COMP=2 (1984) Power of 2 in the range 16 through 4096 Must be less than or equal to the value specified in SVC_MAX_INCOMING_PKT. The maximum packet size is 256 when IDSN D-channel is specified. The default is 128. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.3. SVC_MAX_INCOMING_PKT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SVC_MAX_INCOMING_PKT Defines the SVC default maximum incoming packet size. Values For CCITT_COMP=1 (1980) Power of 2 in the range 128 through 1024 For CCITT_COMP=2 (1984) Power of 2 in the range 128 through 4096 Must be greater than the value specified in SVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_PKT. The maximum packet size is 256 when IDSN D-channel is specified. The default is 128. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.4. SVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_PKT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_PKT Defines the SVC default outgoing packet size. Values For CCITT_COMP=1 (1980) Power of 2 in the range 16 through 1024 For CCITT_COMP=2 (1984) Power of 2 in the range 16 through 4096 Must be less than or equal to the value specified in SVC_MAX_OUTGOING_PKT. The maximum packet size is 256 when IDSN D-channel is specified. The default is 128. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.5. SVC_MAX_OUTGOING_PKT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SVC_MAX_OUTGOING_PKT Defines the SVC maximum outgoing packet size. Values For CCITT_COMP=1 (1980) Power of 2 in the range 128 through 1024 For CCITT_COMP=2 (1984) Power of 2 in the range 128 through 4096 Must be greater than the value specified in SVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_PKT. The maximum packet size is 256 when IDSN D-channel is specified. The default is 128. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.6. SVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_WINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_WINDOW Defines the SVC default incoming window size. Values For PKT_SEQ_MOD=1 (modulo 8) Specify an integer (1 through 7). For PKT_SEQ_MOD=2 (modulo 128) Specify an integer (1 through 127). Must be less than or equal to the value specified in SVC_MAX_INCOMING_WINDOW. The default is 2. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.7. SVC_MAX_INCOMING_WINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SVC_MAX_INCOMING_WINDOW Defines the SVC maximum incoming window size. Values For PKT_SEQ_MOD=1 (modulo 8) Specify an integer (2 through 7). For PKT_SEQ_MOD=2 (modulo 128) Specify an integer (2 through 127). Must be greater than the value specified in SVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_WINDOW. The default is 7. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.8. SVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_WINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_WINDOW Defines the SVC default outgoing window size. Values For PKT_SEQ_MOD=1 (modulo 8) Specify an integer (1 through 7). For PKT_SEQ_MOD=2 (modulo 128) Specify an integer (1 through 127). Must be less than or equal to the value specified in SVC_MAX_OUTGOING_WINDOW. The default is 2. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.9. SVC_MAX_OUTGOING_WINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SVC_MAX_OUTGOING_WINDOW Defines the SVC maximum outgoing window size. Values For PKT_SEQ_MOD=1 (modulo 8) Specify an integer (2 through 7). For PKT_SEQ_MOD=2 (modulo 128) Specify an integer (2 through 127). Must be greater than the value specified in SVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_WINDOW. The default is 7. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.10. PVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_PKT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_PKT Defines the PVC default incoming packet size. Values For CCITT_COMP=1 (1980) Power of 2 in the range 16 through 1024 For CCITT_COMP=2 (1984) Power of 2 in the range 16 through 4096 The maximum packet size is 256 when IDSN D-channel is specified. The default is 128. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.11. PVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_PKT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_PKT Defines the PVC default outgoing packet size. Values For CCITT_COMP=1 (1980) Power of 2 in the range 16 through 1024 For CCITT_COMP=2 (1984) Power of 2 in the range 16 through 4096 The maximum packet size is 256 when IDSN D-channel is specified. The default is 128. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.12. PVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_WINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PVC_DEFAULT_INCOMING_WINDOW Defines the PVC default incoming window size. Values For PKT_SEQ_MOD=1 (modulo 8) Specify an integer (1 through 7). For PKT_SEQ_MOD=2 (modulo 128) Specify an integer (1 through 127). The default is 2. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.7.13. PVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_WINDOW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PVC_DEFAULT_OUTGOING_WINDOW Defines the PVC default outgoing window size. Values For PKT_SEQ_MOD=1 (modulo 8) Specify an integer (1 through 7). For PKT_SEQ_MOD=2 (modulo 128) Specify an integer (1 through 127). The default is 2. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8. ISDN Fields Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the keywords for ISDN fields. ISDN_SERVICE_CLASS ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION_NAME ISDN_OUTGOING_DIR ISDN_INCOMING_DIR ISDN_CHANNEL ISDN_NOTIFICATION_CLASS ISDN_X32_SIGNAL ISDN_DTE_ID ISDN_DTE_SIGNATURE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.1. ISDN_SERVICE_CLASS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_SERVICE_CLASS Selects the CCITT service class (incoming call). When ISDN_SERVICE_CLASS=1 (Circuit switched), ISDN_NOTIFICATION_CLASS cannot be 3 (Unconditional). Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Circuit switched 2 = Packet mode 3 = DTE-DTE The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.2. ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION Specifies whether a permanent connection is being used. The following configuration values are required: If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 1 (Yes) the following is required: ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION _NAME is required. If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 0 (NO), the following is required: ISDN_INCOMING_DIR when NUMBER_INONLY_SVC > 0. ISDN_OUTGOING_DIR when NUMBER_OUTGOING_SVC > 0. One of these DIR fields when NUMBER_2WAY_SVC > 0. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.3. ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION_NAME Specifies the permanent connection name. The following configuration values are required: If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 1 (Yes) the following is required: ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION _NAME is required. If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 0 (NO), the following is required: ISDN_INCOMING_DIR when NUMBER_INONLY_SVC > 0. ISDN_OUTGOING_DIR when NUMBER_OUTGOING_SVC > 0. One of these DIR fields when NUMBER_2WAY_SVC > 0. Values 1 through 32 Type IA5 characters There is no default. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.4. ISDN_OUTGOING_DIR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_OUTGOING_DIR Specifies the outgoing call directory. The following configuration values are required: If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 1 (Yes) the following is required: ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION_NAME is required. If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 0 (NO), the following is required: ISDN_INCOMING_DIR when NUMBER_INONLY_SVC > 0. ISDN_OUTGOING_DIR when NUMBER_OUTGOING_SVC > 0. One of these DIR fields when NUMBER_2WAY_SVC > 0. Values 1 through 15 Type IA5 characters There is no default. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.5. ISDN_INCOMING_DIR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_INCOMING_DIR Specifies the incoming call directory. The following configuration values are required (if the link is not ISDN D-channel): If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 1 (Yes) the following is required: ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION_NAME is required. If ISDN_PERM_CONNECTION = 0 (NO), the following is required: ISDN_INCOMING_DIR when NUMBER_INONLY_SVC > 0. ISDN_OUTGOING_DIR when NUMBER_OUTGOING_SVC > 0. One of these DIR fields when NUMBER_2WAY_SVC > 0. If ISDN D-channel, ISDN_INCOMING_DIR must be specified if ISDN_NOTIFICATION_CLASS is not 1 (No notification). The ISDN_INCOMING_DIR name must be unique among all virtual port records (X25_LINK, IDLC_DLC, SDLC_DLC) in the configuration. Values 1 through 15 Type IA5 characters There is no default. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.6. ISDN_CHANNEL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_CHANNEL Specifies the ISDN channel, used when ISDN_SERVICE_CLASS=2 (Packet mode). Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = Channel B 2 = Channel D The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.7. ISDN_NOTIFICATION_CLASS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_NOTIFICATION_CLASS Defines the incoming notification class. When ISDN_SERVICE_CLASS=1 (Circuit switched), ISDN_NOTIFICATION_CLASS cannot be 3 (Unconditional). Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = No notification 2 = Conditional 3 = Unconditional The default is 2. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.8. ISDN_X32_SIGNAL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_X32_SIGNAL Indicates if X.32 signalling is used. Used when ISDN_SERVICE_CLASS=1 (Circuit switched). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.9. ISDN_DTE_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_DTE_ID Specifies the DTE ID for X.32 signalling. Used when ISDN_SERVICE_CLASS=1 (Circuit switched) and ISDN_X32_SIGNAL=1 (Yes). Values 1 through 32 characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.8.10. ISDN_DTE_SIGNATURE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ISDN_DTE_SIGNATURE Specifies the DTE signature for X.32 signalling. Used when ISDN_SERVICE_CLASS=1 (Circuit switched) and ISDN_X32_SIGNAL=1 (Yes). Values 1 through 32 characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.9. X.25 Link PVC Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an X.25 link PVC record, use the X25_LINK_PVC keyword. You can only define 1 through 128 X.25 link PVC records per adapter on the X.25 link record. The following is an example: x25_link_pvc = ( name = pvcalpha link_name = linkabcd ) Related Topics: X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.10. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The X.25 link PVC general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.10.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the PVC name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.10.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.10.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11. X.25 Link PVC Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the keywords for X.25 link PVC record. COMMENT LINK_NAME LOGICAL_CHANNEL_NUMBER SNA_ENTRY_TYYE INCOMING_PKT_SIZE OUTGOING_PKT_SIZE INCOMING_WINDOW_SIZE OUTGOING_WINDOW_SIZE REMOTE_CCITT_COMP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the X.25 PVC record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.2. LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_NAME Specifies the link name. You must specify this field when creating a record. LINK_NAME cannot be modified in an existing record. Also, an X.25 link record by this name must exist before you can configure the X.25 link PVC record. Values 1 through 8 Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.3. LOGICAL_CHANNEL_NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOGICAL_CHANNEL_NUMBER Defines the logical channel number. Logical channel numbers (LCNs) should be sequential. The highest LCN minus the lowest LCN should be equal to the number of PVCs minus 1. Values Specify an integer (0 through 4095). Value must be unique among other X.25_LINK_PVC records which are associated with the same link (SAME LINK_NAME field). The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.4. SNA_ENTRY_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ SNA_ENTRY_TYPE If configured, specifies the SNA circuit identifier. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.5. INCOMING_PKT_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INCOMING_PKT_SIZE Defines the incoming packet size. Values 1980 CCITT compliance in X.25 link record Power of 2 in the range 16 through 1024 or 0 1984 CCITT compliance in X.25 link record Power of 2 in the range 16 through 4096 or 0 Set this value to 0 to accept the default value from the associated link record. The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.6. OUTGOING_PKT_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ OUTGOING_PKT_SIZE Defines the outgoing packet size. Values 1980 CCITT compliance in X.25 link record Power of 2 in the range 16 through 1024 or 0 1984 CCITT compliance in X.25 link record Power of 2 in the range 16 through 4096 or 0 Set this value to 0 to accept the default value from the associated link record. The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.7. INCOMING_WINDOW_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INCOMING_WINDOW_SIZE Defines the incoming window size. Values Supply an integer (0 through 127). Modulo 8 Packet sequence modulus in X.25 link record Specify an integer (1 through 7) Modulo 128 Packet sequence modulus in X.25 link record Specify an integer (1 through 127). Set this value to 0 to accept the default value from the associated link record. The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.8. OUTGOING_WINDOW_SIZE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ OUTGOING_WINDOW_SIZE Defines the outgoing window size. Values Supply an integer (0 through 127). Modulo 8 Packet sequence modulus in X.25 link record Specify an integer (1 through 7) Modulo 128 Packet sequence modulus in X.25 link record Specify an integer (1 through 127). Set this value to 0 to accept the default value from the associated link record. The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.11.9. REMOTE_CCITT_COMP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ REMOTE_CCITT_COMP Selects the SNA remote DTE type (CCITT compliance), used when SNA_ENTRY_TYPE=1 (Yes) Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = 1980 2 = 1984 The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Link PVC General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.12. X.25 Local Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a local directory entry record, use the X25_LDIR keyword. There is no limit to the number of local directory entry records you can define. The following is an example: x25_ldir = ( name = myx25dir.03 comment = My X25 local directory entry local_address = 95495100 local_address_ext = 9999432261 ) Related Topics: X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.13. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The X.25 local directory entry keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Local Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.13.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Identifies the local directory entry name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values Specify this value in the form of name.number, where name is 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters, the first of which cannot be a number, and where number is a 2-digit hexadecimal number in the range of 01 through 08. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Local Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.13.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Local Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.13.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values Specify this value in the form of name.number, where name is 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters, the first of which cannot be a number, and where number is a 2-digit hexadecimal number in the range of 01 through 08. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Local Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.14. X.25 Local Directory Entry Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the keywords for the X.25 local directory entry. COMMENT LINK_NAME LOCAL_ADDRESS LOCAL_ADDRESS_EXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.14.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the local directory record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Local Directory Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.14.2. LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_NAME Identifies the link record. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters LINK_NAME must be unique among X.25 local directory entries (name.number) with the same name. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Local Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.14.3. LOCAL_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOCAL_ADDRESS Specifies the local address. Values 1 through 15 numeric characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Local Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.14.4. LOCAL_ADDRESS_EXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOCAL_ADDRESS_EXT Specifies the local address extension. Values 1 through 32 numeric characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Local Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.15. X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a remote SNA PVC directory entry record, use the X25_RDIR_SNA_PVC keyword. There is no limit to the number of remote SNA PVC directory entry records you can define. The following is an example: x25_rdir_sna_pvc = ( name = myx25rd1 link_name = link0001 pvc_name = pvcgamma link_station_role = 2 ) Related Topics: X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.16. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The X.25 remote SNA PVC directory entry general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.16.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Identifies the remote directory entry name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. NAME must be unique among all X25_LDIR and X25_RDIR names. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.16.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.16.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.17. Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ These are the keywords and values you can use to define a remote SNA PVC directory entry record. COMMENT LINK_NAME PVC_NAME CMD_RETRY_COUNT RESP_TIMEOUT LINK_STATION_ROLE Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.17.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the remote directory record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.17.2. LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_NAME Specifies the link record name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.17.3. PVC_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PVC_NAME Specifies the associated PVC record name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters This first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.17.4. CMD_RETRY_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMD_RETRY_COUNT Sets the command retry count. Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 5. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters This first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.17.5. RESP_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RESP_TIMEOUT Sets the response time-out value. Specify an integer (1 through 4096). The default is 200. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters This first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.17.6. LINK_STATION_ROLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ lINK_STATION_ROLE Defines the link station role. Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Secondary 2 = Primary 3 = Negotiable The default is 3. Values 1 through 8 alphanumeric characters The first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.18. X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a remote non-SNA PVC directory entry record, use the X25_RDIR_NSNA_PVC keyword. There is no limit to the number of remote non-SNA PVC directory entry records you can define. The following is an example: x25_rdir_nsna_pvc = ( name = myx25rd2 link_name = link0002 pvc_name = pvcgamma ) Related Topics: X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.19. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The X.25 remote non-SNA PVC directory entry keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.19.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the remote directory entry name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. NAME must be unique among all X25_LDIR and X25_RDIR names. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.19.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.19.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.20. Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ These are the keywords and values you can use to define a remote Non-SNA PVC directory entry record. COMMENT LINK_NAME PVC_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.20.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the remote directory record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.20.2. LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_NAME Specifies the link record name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.20.3. PVC_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PVC_NAME Specifies the associated PVC record name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters This first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.21. X.25 Remote SNA SVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a remote SNA SVC directory entry record, use the X25_RDIR_SNA_SVC keyword. There is no limit to the number of remote SNA SVC directory entry records you can define. The following is an example: x25_rdir_sna_svc = ( name = myx25rd3 link_name = link0003 remote_address = 95495100 accept_reverse_charges = 0 ) Related Topics: X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.22. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The X.25 remote SNA SVC directory entry general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA SVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.22.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the remote directory entry name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. NAME must be unique among all X25_LDIR and X25_RDIR names. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA SVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.22.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA SVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.22.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23. Remote SNA SVC Directory Entry Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ These are the keywords and values you can use to define a remote SNA SVC directory entry record. COMMENT LINK_NAME CMD_RETRY_COUNT REMOTE_ADDRESS REMOTE_CCITT_COMP REQ_REVERSE_CHARGES ACCEPT_REVERSE_CHARGES RETRY_CALL_COLLISION LINK_STATION_ROLE Related Topics: X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the remote directory record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA SVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23.2. LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_NAME Specifies the link record name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The combination of LINK_NAME and REMOTE_ADDRESS must be unique among all SNA and non-SNA REMOTE SVCs. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23.3. CMD_RETRY_COUNT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMD_RETRY_COUNT Sets the command retry count. Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 5. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23.4. REMOTE_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ REMOTE_ADDRESS Specifies the remote DTE address. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 15 numeric characters or the wildcard character *. The value * indicates the link is to be defined as incoming only. The LOGICAL_LINK associated with this directory entry must have FQ_ADJACENT_CP_NAME or ADJACENT_NODE_ID defined. The combination of LINK_NAME and REMOTE_ADDRESS must be unique among all SNA and non-SNA REMOTE SVCs. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23.5. REMOTE_CCITT_COMP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ REMOTE_CCITT_COMP Selects the SNA Remote DTE type (CCITT compliance). Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = 1980 2 = 1984 The default is 1. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23.6. REQ_REVERSE_CHARGES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ REQ_REVERSE_CHARGES If configured, request reverse charges. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23.7. ACCEPT_REVERSE_CHARGES ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ACCEPT_REVERSE_CHARGES If configured, accepts reverse charges. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23.8. RETRY_CALL_COLLISION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ RETRY_CALL_COLLISION If configured, specifies retry on call collision. Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 0. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.23.9. LINK_STATION_ROLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK _STATION_ROLE Defines the links station role. Values Specify an integer (1 through 3). 1 = Secondary 2 = Primary 3 = Negotiable The default is 3. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.24. X.25 Remote Non-SNA SVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a remote non-SNA SVC directory entry record, use the X25_RDIR_NSNA_SVC keyword. There is no limit to the number of remote non-SNA SVC directory entry records you can define. The following is an example: x25_rdir_nsna_svc = ( name = myx25rd4 remote_address = 95495100 remote_address_ext = 9999432261 ) Related Topics: X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.25. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The X.25 remote non-SNA SVC directory entry general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA SVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.25.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the remote directory entry name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. NAME must be unique among all X25_LDIR and X25_RDIR names. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA SVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.25.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA SVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.25.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.26. Remote Non-SNA SVC Directory Entry Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ These are the keywords and values you can use to define a remote non-SNA SVC directory entry record. COMMENT LINK_NAME REMOTE_ADDRESS REMOTE_ADDRESS_EXT Related Topics: X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.26.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the remote directory record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA SVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.26.2. LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_NAME Specifies the link record name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The combination of LINK_NAME and REMOTE_ADDRESS must be unique among all SNA and non-SNA REMOTE SVCs. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.26.3. REMOTE_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ REMOTE_ADDRESS Defines the remote DTE address. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 15 numeric characters or the wildcard character *. The value * indicates the link is to be defined as incoming only. The LOGICAL_LINK associated with this directory entry must have FQ_ADJACENT_CP_NAME or ADJACENT_NODE_ID defined. The combination of LINK_NAME and REMOTE_ADDRESS must be unique among all SNA and non-SNA REMOTE SVCs. The combination of LINK_NAME and REMOTE_ADDRESS must be unique among all SNA and non-SNA REMOTE SVCs. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Remote General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.26.4. REMOTE_ADDRESS_EXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ REMOTE_ADDRESS_EXT Specifies the remote DTE address extension. Values 1 through 32 numeric characters The combination of LINK_NAME and REMOTE_ADDRESS must be unique among all SNA and non-SNA remote SVCs. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Remote Non-SNA PVC Directory Entry Record General Keyworks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.27. X.25 Routing Table Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define a routing table entry record, use the X25_ROUTE keyword. You can only specify 1 through 300 routing table entry records. The following is an example: x25_route = ( name = route41 order = after route40 remote_sna_entry_type = 1 call_user_data = * ) When any X.25 records are added to a configuration, the default routing table entries are also added. Related Topics: X.25 Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.28. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The X.25 routing table entry record keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.28.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the remote table entry name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.28.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.28.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A characters The first character cannot be a number. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29. Routing Table Entry Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ These are the keywords and values you can use to define a routing table entry record. ORDER COMMENT REMOTE_SNA_ENTRY_TYPE LINK_NAME CALL_USER_DATA CALLED_ADDRESS CALLING_ADDRESS CALLED_ADDRESS_EXT CALLING_ADDRESS_EXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29.1. ORDER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ORDER Specifies where new X.25 route record is to be placed. ORDER is ignored if the route specified by NAME already exists; ORDER is only used when creating an X.25 route record. Values The value should be one of the following: o FIRST o LAST o BEFORE name o AFTER name Where name is another ROUTE name in the current configuration. The default is LAST. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry X.25 Routing Table Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29.2. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the route record. Values 1 through 60 characters. This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry X.25 Routing Table Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29.3. REMOTE_SNA_ENTRY_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ REMOTE_SNA_ENTRY_TYPE Selects the remote table SNA entry type. Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = SNA 2 = Non-SNA The default is 2. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry X.25 Routing Table Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29.4. LINK_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINK_NAME Specifies the link record name. You must specify this field when creating a record. Only 7 X.25 routing table entry records with REMOTE_SNA_ENTRY_TYPE=1 (SNA) can be associated with a particular adapter (X.25 link record) specified by this field. Values 1 through 8 SNA Type A alphabetic characters or an asterisk (*) An asterisk means that this route applies to all links. The default is an asterisk (*). Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry X.25 Routing Table Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29.5. CALL_USER_DATA ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALL_USER_DATA Defines call user data. You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 1 through 4 of the following characters: (0 through 9), the letters A to F (upper or lower case), asterisk (*), and question mark (?) The asterisk (*) can only be in the last position. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry X.25 Routing Table Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29.6. CALLED_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_ADDRESS Specifies the called address. Values 1 through 15 of the following characters: (0 through 9), an asterisk (*), or a question mark (?) The asterisk (*) can only be in the last position. The asterisk (*) is the default. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry X.25 Routing Table Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29.7. CALLING_ADDRESS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_ADDRESS Specifies the calling address. Values 1 through 15 of the following characters: (0 through 9), an asterisk (*), or a question mark (?) The asterisk (*) can only be in the last position. The asterisk (*) is the default. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry X.25 Routing Table Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29.8. CALLED_ADDRESS_EXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_ADDRESS_EXT Specifies the called address extension. Values 1 through 32 of the following characters: (0 through 9), an asterisk (*), or a question mark (?) The asterisk (*) can only be in the last position. The asterisk (*) is the default. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry X.25 Routing Table Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.29.9. CALLING_ADDRESS_EXT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_ADDRESS_EXT Specifies the calling address extension. Values 1 through 32 of the following characters: (0 through 9), an asterisk (*), or a question mark (?) The asterisk (*) can only be in the last position. The asterisk (*) is the default. Related Topics: X.25 Records X.25 Routing Table Entry X.25 Routing Table Entry General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20. ACDI Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the configuration keywords for ACDI. There are three ACDI configuration records: o ACDI Port o ACDI Special Characters o ACDI Redirection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.1. ACDI Port Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an ACDI port record, use the ACDI_PORT keyword. You can define a maximum of three ACDI port records. The following is an example: acdi_port = ( name = com2 country_code = 010 dce = 5 line_interface = 1 call_failure_type2 = 2 call_failure_resp2 = NO CARRIER|^J ) Note: If you need to assign a value that creates a line length greater than 255, and the editor that you are using only supports a maximum line length of 255 characters, then define the keyword as follows: keyword = ( long value up to 255 characters ) Related Topics: ACDI Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.2. General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The ACDI port general keywords are: o NAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.2.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the ACDI port record name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values The value must be one of the following: COM1 COM2 COM3 Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.2.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.2.3. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the record specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values The value must be one of the following: COM1 COM2 COM3 Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3. ACDI Port Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ These are the keywords and values you can use to define an ACDI port record. COMMENT COUNTRY_CODE DCE LINE_INTERFACE DSR_ASSERTED AUTO_ANSWER_DELAY_TYPE AUTO_ANSWER_DELAY AUTO_ANSWER_DELAY DEVICE_CARRIER_TIMEOUT DEVICE_INIT DIALING_PREFIX DIALING_SUFFIX HANGUP VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER CMD_SUCCESS_RESP CMD_FAILURE_RESP INCOMING_RESP VALID_CONNECT_RESP CALL_FAILURE_TYPEn CALL_FAILURE_RESPn Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.1. COMMENT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COMMENT Describes the ACDI port record. Values 1 through 60 characters This field will be truncated to 60 characters. Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.2. COUNTRY_CODE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COUNTRY_CODE Defines the telephone network ID (country code). You must specify this field when creating a record. Values 2 or 3 numeric characters to specify one of the following country codes: 10 Canada 49 Germany 11 United States 60 Malaysia 27 South Africa 61 Australia 31 Netherlands 64 New Zealand 32 Belgium 81 Japan 33 France 82 Korea 34 Spain 351 Portugal 39 Italy 353 Ireland 41 Switzerland 354 Iceland 43 Austria 358 Finland 44 United Kingdom 852 Hong Kong 45 Denmark 886 Taiwan 46 Sweden 972 Israel 47 Norway Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.3. DCE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DCE Selects the interface device. If COUNTRY_CODE=034 (Spain) OR 049 (Germany), DCE must equal 8 or 9. If DCE = 9 and LINE_INTERFACE = 2, DSR_ASSERTED must equal 0. Values 1=Hayes Smartmodem 1200, IBM PC 2400 2=Hayes Smartmodem 2400 3=Hayes V-Series Modem Enhancer 1200 4=Hayes V-Series Modem Enhancer 2400 5=IBM PC 1200 6=ROLMphone** 244PC 7=MicroCom AX/2400C 8=Other V.25 bis 9=Other modem or device The default is 1. Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.4. LINE_INTERFACE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LINE_INTERFACE Selects the line interface. This field is only used when DCE=9 (Other modem or device). If LINE_INTERFACE=2 (Nonswitched), DSR_ASSERTED must equal 0 (No). Values Specify an integer (1 or 2) 1 = Switched 2 = Nonswitched The default is 1. Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.5. DSR_ASSERTED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DSR_ASSERTED If configured, specifies that the data set ready (DSR) is always asserted. This field is only used when DCE=9 (Other modem or device). If LINE_INTERFACE=2 (Nonswitched), DSR_ASSERTED must equal 0 (No). Values Specify a boolean value: 0 or N = No 1 or Y = Yes The default is 1. Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.6. AUTO_ANSWER_DELAY_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AUTO_ANSWER_DELAY_TYPE Specifies the type of auto_answer delay. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values Specify an integer (1 or 2). 1 = DCE 2 = DTE The default is 1. Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.7. AUTO_ANSWER_DELAY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AUTO_ANSWER_DELAY Sets the auto-answer response. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values Specify an integer (0 through 255). The default is 0. Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.8. AUTO_ANSWER_RESP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ AUTO_ANSWER_RESP Defines the auto-answer response. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 255 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.9. DEVICE_CARRIER_TIMEOUT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_CARRIER_TIMEOUT Sets the device carrier exchange time-out value. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values Specify an integer (1 through 255). The default is 60. Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.10. DEVICE_INIT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE _INIT Defines the device initialization string. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 255 IA5 characters, or the constant BLANK to use no device initialization string. The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.11. DIALING_PREFIX ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DIALING_PREFIX Defines the dialing prefix. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 255 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.12. DIALING_SUFFIX ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DIALING_SUFFIX Defines the dialing suffix. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 255 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.13. HANGUP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HANGUP Defines the hang-up string. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 255 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.14. VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE Defines the voice to data originate string. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 255 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.15. VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER Defines the voice to data answer string. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 255 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.16. CMD_SUCCESS_RESP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMD_SUCCESS_RESP Specifies the successful command response. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 24 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.17. CMD_FAILURE_RESP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CMD_FAILURE_RESP Specifies the unsuccessful command response. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 24 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.18. INCOMING_RESP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ INCOMING_RESP Defines the incoming call response. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 24 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.19. VALID_CONNECT_RESP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ VALID_CONNECT_RESP Defines the valid connection response. Do not specify if DCE=9 (Other modem or device). Values 1 through 24 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.20. CALL_FAILURE_TYPEn ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALL_FAILURE_TYPEn Defines call failure type n, where n is an integer from 1 through 8. Values Specify an integer (0 through 3). 0 = No action 1 = Busy indication 2 = Wrong number 3 = Other The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.21. CALL_FAILURE_RESPn ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALL_FAILURE_RESPn Defines the call failure response string n, where n is an integer from 1 through 8. For example, if CALL_FAILURE_TYPE3 has a value, then CALL_FAILURE_RESP3 is a required configuration field. The exception to this is if CALL_FAILURE_TYPEn=0 (No action). Then CALL_FAILURE_RESPn field cannot be specified, and the existing value for CALL_FAILURE_RESPn will be reset to blanks. Values 1 through 24 IA5 characters The default depends upon the value of the DCE field. ACDI Interface Device Defaults Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Port Record General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.22. ACDI Interface Device Defaults ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DCE Keyword Defaults are: o DCE=1(Hayes Smartmodem 1200, IBM PC 2400) o DCE=2 (Hayes Smartmodem 2400) o DCE=3 (Hayes V-Series Modem Enhancer 1200) o DCE=4 (Hayes V-Series Modem Enhancer 2400) o DCE=5 (IBM PC 1200) o DCE=6 (ROLMphone 244PC) o DCE=7 (MicroCom AX/2400C) o DCE=8 (Other V.25 bis) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.22.1. DCE=1(Hayes Smartmodem 1200, IBM PC 2400) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_INIT = ATZ|ATE1Q0V1X1S7=60S0=0| DIALING_PREFIX = ATDT DIALING_SUFFIX = | AUTO_ANSWER_RESP = ATS0=1| HANGUP = ~~+++~~ATH0| VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE = ATD| VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER = ATA| CMD_SUCCESS_RESP = OK|^J CMD_FAILURE_RESP = ERROR|^J INCOMING_RESP = RING|^J VALID_CONNECT_RESP = CONNECT CALL_FAILURE_TYPE1 = 1 CALL_FAILURE_RESP1 = BUSY|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE2 = 2 CALL_FAILURE_RESP2 = NO CARRIER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE3 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP3 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE4 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP4 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE5 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP5 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE6 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP6 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE7 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP7 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE8 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP8 = ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.22.2. DCE=2 (Hayes Smartmodem 2400) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_INIT = AT&FE1Q0V1X4S7=60&C1&D2S0=0&T5| DIALING_PREFIX = ATDT DIALING_SUFFIX = | AUTO_ANSWER_RESP = ATS0=1| HANGUP = ~~+++~~ATH0| VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE = ATX1D| VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER = ATA| CMD_SUCCESS_RESP = OK|^J CMD_FAILURE_RESP = ERROR|^J INCOMING_RESP = RING|^J VALID_CONNECT_RESP = CONNECT CALL_FAILURE_TYPE1 = 1 CALL_FAILURE_RESP1 = BUSY|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE2 = 2 CALL_FAILURE_RESP2 = NO CARRIER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE3 = 3 CALL_FAILURE_RESP3 = NO DIALTONE|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE4 = 3 CALL_FAILURE_RESP4 = NO ANSWER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE5 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP5 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE6 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP6 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE7 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP7 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE8 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP8 = ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.22.3. DCE=3 (Hayes V-Series Modem Enhancer 1200) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_INIT = AT&FE1Q0V1X1S7=60&C1&D2S0=0N1W1S36=1S37=6&Q5&S1&K3| DIALING_PREFIX = ATDT DIALING_SUFFIX = | AUTO_ANSWER_RESP = ATS0=1| HANGUP = ~~+++~~ATH0| VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE = ATD| VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER = ATA| CMD_SUCCESS_RESP = OK|^J CMD_FAILURE_RESP = ERROR|^J INCOMING_RESP = RING|^J VALID_CONNECT_RESP = CONNECT CALL_FAILURE_TYPE1 = 1 CALL_FAILURE_RESP1 = BUSY|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE2 = 2 CALL_FAILURE_RESP2 = NO CARRIER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE3 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP3 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE4 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP4 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE5 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP5 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE6 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP6 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE7 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP7 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE8 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP8 = ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.22.4. DCE=4 (Hayes V-Series Modem Enhancer 2400) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_INIT = AT&FE1Q0V1X4S7=60&C1&D2S0=0N1W1S36=1S37=6&Q5&S1&K3| DIALING_PREFIX = ATDT DIALING_SUFFIX = | AUTO_ANSWER_RESP = ATS0=1| HANGUP = ~~+++~~ATH0| VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE = ATX1D| VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER = ATA| CMD_SUCCESS_RESP = OK|^J CMD_FAILURE_RESP = ERROR|^J INCOMING_RESP = RING|^J VALID_CONNECT_RESP = CONNECT CALL_FAILURE_TYPE1 = 1 CALL_FAILURE_RESP1 = BUSY|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE2 = 2 CALL_FAILURE_RESP2 = NO CARRIER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE3 = 3 CALL_FAILURE_RESP3 = NO DIALTONE|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE4 = 3 CALL_FAILURE_RESP4 = NO ANSWER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE5 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP5 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE6 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP6 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE7 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP7 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE8 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP8 = ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.22.5. DCE=5 (IBM PC 1200) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_INIT = ATZ|ATE1Q0V1X1S7=60S0=0| DIALING_PREFIX = ATDT DIALING_SUFFIX = | AUTO_ANSWER_RESP = ATS0=1| HANGUP = ~~+++~~ATH0| VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE = ATO| VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER = ATA| CMD_SUCCESS_RESP = OK|^J CMD_FAILURE_RESP = ERROR|^J INCOMING_RESP = RING|^J VALID_CONNECT_RESP = CONNECT CALL_FAILURE_TYPE1 = 1 CALL_FAILURE_RESP1 = BUSY|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE2 = 2 CALL_FAILURE_RESP2 = NO CARRIER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE3 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP3 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE4 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP4 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE5 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP5 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE6 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP6 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE7 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP7 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE8 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP8 = ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.22.6. DCE=6 (ROLMphone 244PC) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_INIT = ATZ|ATE1Q0V1X1S7=60S0=0| DIALING_PREFIX = ATDT DIALING_SUFFIX = | AUTO_ANSWER_RESP = ATS0=1| HANGUP = ~~+++~~ATH0| VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE = ATD| VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER = ATA| CMD_SUCCESS_RESP = OK|^J CMD_FAILURE_RESP = ERROR|^J INCOMING_RESP = RING|^J VALID_CONNECT_RESP = CONNECT CALL_FAILURE_TYPE1 = 1 CALL_FAILURE_RESP1 = BUSY|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE2 = 2 CALL_FAILURE_RESP2 = NO CARRIER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE3 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP3 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE4 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP4 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE5 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP5 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE6 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP6 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE7 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP7 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE8 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP8 = ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.22.7. DCE=7 (MicroCom AX/2400C) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_INIT = ATE1V1Q0S0=0X4&C1&D2%A13\C2\N3\L0\J0\Q3%C1| DIALING_PREFIX = ATDT DIALING_SUFFIX = | AUTO_ANSWER_RESP = ATS0=1| HANGUP = ~~+++~~ATH| VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE = ATX1D| VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER = ATA| CMD_SUCCESS_RESP = OK|^J CMD_FAILURE_RESP = ERROR|^J INCOMING_RESP = RING|^J VALID_CONNECT_RESP = CONNECT CALL_FAILURE_TYPE1 = 1 CALL_FAILURE_RESP1 = BUSY|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE2 = 2 CALL_FAILURE_RESP2 = NO CARRIER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE3 = 3 CALL_FAILURE_RESP3 = NO DIALTONE|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE4 = 3 CALL_FAILURE_RESP4 = NO ANSWER|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE5 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP5 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE6 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP6 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE7 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP7 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE8 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP8 = ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.3.22.8. DCE=8 (Other V.25 bis) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DEVICE_INIT = ^C| DIALING_PREFIX = CRN DIALING_SUFFIX = | AUTO_ANSWER_RESP = HANGUP = VOICE_TO_DATA_ORIGINATE = VOICE_TO_DATA_ANSWER = CMD_SUCCESS_RESP = VAL|^J CMD_FAILURE_RESP = INV|^J INCOMING_RESP = INC|^J VALID_CONNECT_RESP = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE1 = 1 CALL_FAILURE_RESP1 = CFIET|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE2 = 2 CALL_FAILURE_RESP2 = CFINT|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE3 = 3 CALL_FAILURE_RESP3 = CFIAB|^J CALL_FAILURE_TYPE4 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP4 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE5 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP5 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE6 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP6 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE7 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP7 = CALL_FAILURE_TYPE8 = 0 CALL_FAILURE_RESP8 = ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.4. ACDI Special Characters Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an ACDI special characters record, use the ACDI_SPECIAL_CHARACTERS keyword. You can only define one special characters record. The following is an example: acdi_special_characters = ( pause_char = @ control_char = ^ ) Related Topics: ACDI Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.5. ACDI Special Characters Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This list the special characters keywords and values you can use: PAUSE_CHAR CONTROL_CHAR ESCAPE_CHAR CR_CHAR Related Topics: ACDI Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.5.1. PAUSE_CHAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ PAUSE_CHAR Specifies the pause character. Values 1 character Default for the US and UK: ~ (x'7E';tilde) Default for other countries: % (percent) (x'25') Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Special Characters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.5.2. CONTROL_CHAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CONTROL_CHAR Specifies the control character. Values 1 character Default: ^ (x'5E'; circumflex) Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Special Characters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.5.3. ESCAPE_CHAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ ESCAPE_CHAR Specifies the escape character. Values 1 character Default for the US and UK: ` (x'60'; grave accent) Default for other countries: & (ampersand) (x'60') Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Special Characters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.5.4. CR_CHAR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CR_CHAR Specifies the carriage return character. Values 1 character Default for the US and UK: | (x'7C'; vertical bar) Default for other countries: $ (x'24'; dollar sign) Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Special Characters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.6. ACDI Redirection Record ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ To define an ACDI redirection record, use the ACDI_REDIRECT keyword. You can only define one ACDI redirection record. The following is an example: acdi_redirect = ( netbios_name = usabcn32 ) Related Topics: ACDI Records ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.7. ACDI Redirection ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ These are the redirection keywords and values you can use: NETBIOS_NAME DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.7.1. NETBIOS_NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NETBIOS_NAME Specifies the NetBIOS name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values 1 through 16 characters Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Redirections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.7.2. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes this record. Values N/A Related Topics: ACDI Records ACDI Redirections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21. ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ This section describes the configuration keywords for ISDN. There are three kinds of ISDN configuration information provided: o Incoming Call directory entry o Outgoing Call directory entry o Set network/switch type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.1. Incoming Call Directory ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The Incoming Call directory keyword is used for ISDN Directory Support. The Incoming Call directory fields support the list syntax. The following is an example: incoming_call_dir = ( name = dept123 filename = att bearer_capability.1.call_type = 2 bearer_capability.1.transfer_rate = 1 calling_number.1.number = (999) 555-1212 calling_number.1.type = 1 calling_number.1.plan_id = 1 calling_number.1.screening_indicator = 1 calling_number.1.presentation_indicator = 1 calling_number.2.number = (999) 555-5555 calling_number.2.type = 2 calling_number.1.plan_id = 1 calling_number.1.screening_indicator = 2 calling_number.1.presentation_indicator = 1 calling_subaddress.1.type = 1 calling_subaddress.1.info = SomeInfo delete ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2. Incoming Call Directory general keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ o NAME o FILENAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME The Directory Entry name. You must specify this field in the response file. Values The field can contain from 1 to 15 IA5 characters Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2.2. FILENAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FILENAME The Call Directory File name. If FILENAME is not specified, the default .CXM file for the workstation will be used. Values This field can contain from 1 to 8 characters. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Deletes the directory entry specified by the NAME keyword. Values N/A Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copies the directory entry specified to the record specified by the NAME keyword. Values This field can contain from 1 to 15 IA5 characters. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3. Incoming Call Directory keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BEARER_CAPABILITY.*.CALL_TYPE BEARER_CAPABILITY.*.TRANSFER_RATE CALLING_NUMBER.*.NUMBER CALLING_NUMBER.*.TYPE CALLING_NUMBER.*.PLAN_ID CALLING_NUMBER.*.SCREENING_INDICATOR CALLING_NUMBER.*.PRESENTATION_INDICATOR CALLED_NUMBER.*.NUMBER CALLED_NUMBER.*.TYPE CALLED_NUMBER.*.PLAN_ID CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_INFO LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_DEFINED LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_INFO LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_DEFINED HIGH_LAYER.*.CODE_STANDARD HIGH_LAYER.*.DEFINED HIGH_LAYER.*.CHARACTERISTICS USER_USER.*.DISCRIMINATOR USER_USER.*.INFO NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.NUMBER NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.TYPE NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.PLAN_ID NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.SCREENING_INDICATOR NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.PRESENTATION_INDICATOR NO_MATCH_CALLED.*.NUMBER NO_MATCH_CALLED.*.TYPE NO_MATCH_CALLED.*.PLAN_ID NO_MATCH_CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE NO_MATCH_CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO NO_MATCH_CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE NO_MATCH_CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.1. BEARER_CAPABILITY.*.CALL_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BEARER_CAPABILITY.*.CALL_TYPE Specify the call type. Values An integer (0-2) where: 0 = Any 1 = Circuit Mode 2 = Packet Mode The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.2. BEARER_CAPABILITY.*.TRANSFER_RATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BEARER_CAPABILITY.*.TRANSFER_RATE Specify the transfer rate. Values An integer (0-2) where: 0 = Any 1 = 64 Kbps 2 = 56 Kbps The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.3. CALLING_NUMBER.*.NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_NUMBER.*.NUMBER Specify the calling party number. This field is required if the CALLING_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLING fields are specified. Values This field can contain from 1 to 32 characters. In addition to numerals, other characters are accepted that are often used when typing telephone numbers (such as parentheses, hyphens, and blanks). An asterisk in part of the number indicates that any numeral will be accepted for that part of the number. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.4. CALLING_NUMBER.*.TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_NUMBER.*.TYPE Specify the calling party type. This field is required if the CALLING_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLING fields are specified. Values An integer (0-6) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unknown 2 = International 3 = National 4 = Network specific 5 = Subscriber 6 = Abbreviated The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.5. CALLING_NUMBER.*.PLAN_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_NUMBER.*.PLAN_ID Specify the calling party plan identification. This field is required if the CALLING_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLING fields are specified. Values An integer (0-3) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unknown 2 = ISDN/telephone number plan 3 = Private numbering plan The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.6. CALLING_NUMBER.*.SCREENING_INDICATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_NUMBER.*.SCREENING_INDICATOR Specify the screening indicator. This field is required if the CALLING_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLING fields are specified. Values An integer (0-4) where: 0 = Any 1 = User-provided (not screened) 2 = User-provided (verified and passed) 3 = User-provided (verified and failed) 4 = Network-provided The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.7. CALLING_NUMBER.*.PRESENTATION_INDICATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_NUMBER.*.PRESENTATION_INDICATOR Specify the presentation indicator. This field is required if the CALLING_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLING fields are specified. Values An integer (0-3) where: 0 = Any 1 = Presentation allowed 2 = Presentation restricted 3 = Number not available due to interworking. The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.8. CALLED_NUMBER.*.NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_NUMBER.*.NUMBER Specify the called party number. This field is required if the CALLED_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLED fields are specified. Values This field can contain from 1 to 32 characters. In addition to numerals, other characters are accepted that are often used when typing telephone numbers (such as parentheses, hyphens, and blanks). An asterisk in part of the number indicates that any numeral will be accepted for that part of the number. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.9. CALLED_NUMBER.*.TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_NUMBER.*.TYPE Specify the called party type. This field is required if the CALLED_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLED fields are specified. Values An integer (0-6) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unknown 2 = International 3 = National 4 = Network specific 5 = Subscriber 6 = Abbreviated The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.10. CALLED_NUMBER.*.PLAN_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_NUMBER.*.PLAN_ID Specify the called party plan identification. This field is required if the CALLED_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLED fields are specified. Values An integer (0-3) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unknown 2 = ISDN/telephone number plan 3 = Private numbering plan The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.11. CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE Specify the calling party subaddress type. Values An integer (0-2) where: 0 = Any 1 = NSAP (X.213/ISO 8348 AD2) 2 = User specified The default is 0 if CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO is specified; otherwise, there is no default value for this field. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.12. CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO Specify the calling party subaddress information. This field must be defined if CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE is specified. Values This field can contains from 1 to 20 IA5 characters (1 to 19 for NSAP). Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.13. CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE Specify the called party subaddress type. Values An integer (0-2) where: 0 = Any 1 = NSAP (X.213/ISO 8348 AD2) 2 = User specified The default is 0 if CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO is specified; otherwise, there is no default value for this field. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.14. CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO Specify the called party subaddress information. This field must be defined if CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE is specified. Values This field can contain from 1 to 20 IA5 characters (1 to 19 for NSAP). Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.15. LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_INFO Specify user layer 2 protocol information. Values An integer (0-13) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unspecified 2 = Basic mode ISO 1475 3 = CCITT Rec. Q.921 4 = CCITT Rec. X.25 link level 5 = CCITT Rec. X.25 multilink 6 = Extended LAPB for half duplex operation (T.71) 7 = HDLC ARM (ISO 4335) 8 = HDLC NRM (ISO 4335) 9 = HDLC ABM (ISO 4335) 10 = LAN logical link control (ISO 8802/2) 11 = CCITT Rec. X.75 single link procedure (SLP) 12 = CCITT Rec. Q.922 13 = ISO 7776 (link layer for X.25 DTE-to-DTE) The default is 0. LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_INFO and LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_DEFINED are mutually exclusive. If both are specified, the value for LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_DEFINED will be used. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.16. LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_DEFINED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_DEFINED Specify the user-defined user layer 2 protocol. Values A hex value from 0 to 82. LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_INFO and LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_DEFINED are mutually exclusive. If both are specified, the value for LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_2_DEFINED will be used. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.17. LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_INFO Specify user layer 3 protocol information. Values An integer (0-7) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unspecified 2 = CCITT Rec. Q.931 3 = CCITT Rec. X.25 packet layer 4 = ISO 8208 (X.25 packet-level protocol for DTE) 5 = ISO 8348 (OSI connection-oriented network service) 6 = ISO 8473 (OSI connectionless service) 7 = CCITT Rec. T.70 minimum network layer The default is 0. LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_INFO and LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_DEFINED are mutually exclusive. If both are specified, the value for LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_DEFINED will be used. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.18. LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_DEFINED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_DEFINED Specify the user-defined user layer 3 protocol. Values A hex value from 0 to 7F. LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_INFO and LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_DEFINED are mutually exclusive. If both are specified, the value for LOW_LAYER.*.LAYER_3_DEFINED will be used. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.19. HIGH_LAYER.*.CODE_STANDARD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HIGH_LAYER.*.CODE_STANDARD Specify the high layer coding standard. Values An integer (0-4) where: 0 = Any 1 = CCITT 2 = International 3 = National 4 = Network The default is 0. If the value in this field is 1, HIGH_LAYER.*.CHARACTERISTICS must be defined. If the value in this field is anything other than 1, HIGH_LAYER.*.DEFINED must be defined. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.20. HIGH_LAYER.*.DEFINED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HIGH_LAYER.*.DEFINED Specify the user-defined high layer. This field does not have a default and must be defined if the HIGH_LAYER.*.CODE_STANDARD value is anything other than 1. Values A hex value from 00 to 7F. This field is not used for CCITT. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.21. HIGH_LAYER.*.CHARACTERISTICS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HIGH_LAYER.*.CHARACTERISTICS Specify the high layer characteristics. This field does not have a default and must be defined if the HIGH_LAYER.*.CODE_STANDARD value is 1. Values This applies to CCITT only, and is an integer (1-10) where: 1 = Telephony (G.711) 2 = FAX group 2/3 (Rec. T.62) 3 = Document application profile for Group 4 Class 1 facsimile (T.503) 4 = Document application profile for formatted mixed-mode (T.501) 5 = Document application profile for processable-form (T.502) 6 = Teletex (T.63, T.70) 7 = Document application profile: Videotex interworking (T.504) 8 = Telex 9 = Message handling system (X.400) 10 = OSI application (X.200) Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.22. USER_USER.*.DISCRIMINATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USER_USER.*.DISCRIMINATOR Specify the protocol discriminator. Values An integer (0-6) for Standard protocols, or a hex value (40-4F) for protocols, where: 0 = Any 1 = User specified protocol 2 = OSI high layer protocols 3 = X.244 4 = IA5 characters 5 = CCITT Rec. V.120 rate adaptation 6 = ISDN user-network call control messages 40-4F (hex) = other protocols The default is 0 if USER_USER.*.INFO is specified; otherwise, no default value will be used. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.23. USER_USER.*.INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USER_USER.*.INFO Specify user to user information. Values Hex digits from 0 to 128 (0-9)(A-F). Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.24. NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.NUMBER Specify the calling party number. This field is required if CALLING_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLING fields are specified. Values This field can contain from 1 to 32 characters. In addition to numerals, other characters are accepted that are often used when typing telephone numbers (such as parentheses, hyphens, and blanks). An asterisk in part of the number indicates that any numeral will be accepted for that part of the number. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.25. NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.TYPE Specify the calling party type. If this field is specified, its NUMBER field is required. Values An integer (0-6) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unknown 2 = International 3 = National 4 = Network specific 5 = Subscriber 6 = Abbreviated The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.26. NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.PLAN_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.PLAN_ID Specify the calling party plan identification. If this field is specified, its NUMBER field is required. Values An integer (0-3) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unknown 2 = ISDN/telephone number plan 3 = Private numbering plan The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.27. NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.SCREENING_INDICATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.SCREENING_INDICATOR Specify the screening indicator. If this field is specified, its NUMBER field is required. Values An integer (0-4) where: 0 = Any 1 = User-provided (not screened) 2 = User-provided (verified and passed) 3 = User-provided (verified and failed) 4 = Network-provided The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.28. NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.PRESENTATION_INDICATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLING.*.PRESENTATION_INDICATOR Specify the presentation indicator. If this field is specified, its NUMBER field is required. Values An integer (0-3) where: 0 = Any 1 = Presentation allowed 2 = Presentation restricted 3 = Number not available due to interworking The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.29. NO_MATCH_CALLED.*.NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLED.*.NUMBER Specify the called party number. This field is required if CALLED_NUMBER or NO_MATCH_CALLED fields are specified. Values This field can contain from 1 to 32 characters. In addition to numerals, other characters are accepted that are often used when typing telephone numbers (such as parentheses, hyphens, and blanks). An asterisk in part of the number indicates that any numeral will be accepted for that part of the number. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.30. NO_MATCH_CALLED.*.TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLED.*.TYPE Specify the called party type. If this field is specified, its NUMBER field is required. Values An integer (0-6) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unknown 2 = International 3 = National 4 = Network specific 5 = Subscriber 6 = Abbreviated The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.31. NO_MATCH_CALLED.*.PLAN_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLED.*.PLAN_ID Specify the called party plan identification. If this field is specified, its NUMBER field is required. Values An integer (0-3) where: 0 = Any 1 = Unknown 2 = ISDN/telephone number plan 3 = Private numbering plan The default is 0. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.32. NO_MATCH_CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE Specify the calling party subaddress type. Values An integer (0-2) where: 0 = Any 1 = NSAP (X.213/ISO 8348 AD2) 2 = User specified The default is 0 if CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO is specified; otherwise, there is no default value for this field. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.33. NO_MATCH_CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO Specify the calling party subaddress information. This field must be defined if CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE is specified. Values This field can contains from 1 to 20 IA5 characters (1 to 19 for NSAP). Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.34. NO_MATCH_CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE Specify the called party subaddress type. Values An integer (0-2) where: 0 = Any 1 = NSAP (X.213/ISO 8348 AD2) 2 = User specified The default is 0 if CALLING_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO is specified; otherwise, there is no default value for this field. Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.35. NO_MATCH_CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NO_MATCH_CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.INFO Specify the called party subaddress information. This field must be defined if CALLED_SUBADDRESS.*.TYPE is specified. Values This field can contains from 1 to 20 IA5 characters (1 to 19 for NSAP). Related Topics: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.4. Outgoing Call Directory ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The OUTGOING_CALL_DIR keyword is used for ISDN Directory Support. The OUTGOING_CALL_DIR fields support the list syntax. The following is an example: Outgoing_call_dir = ( name = dept123 filename = att bearer_capability_call_type = 2 bearer_capability_transer_rate = 1 calling_number = (999) 555-1212 calling_number_type = 1 calling_number_plan_id = 1 calling_number_screening_indicator = 1 calling_number_presentation_indicator = 1 calling_subaddress_type = 1 calling_subaddress_info = SomeInfo called_number.1.number = 555-1212 called_number.1.type = 1 called_number.1.plan_id = 1 ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.5. Outgoing Call Directory General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ o NAME o FILENAME o DELETE o COPY Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.5.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies Directory Entry Name. Must be specified in the response file When a new Outgoing Call Directory Entry Name is created, at least one ISDN subfield must be specified. The ISDN subfields include BEARER_CAPABILITY, CHANN Values 1-15 Type IA5 characters Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.5.2. FIlENAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FILENAME Call Directory File name Values 1-8 characters If fILENAME is not specified, the default .CXM file for that workstation will Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.5.3. DELETE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ DELETE Delete call directory entry Values N/A Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.5.4. COPY ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ COPY Copy the entry specified to the NAME specified Values 1-15 IA5 characters Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6. Outgoing Call Directory Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BEARER_CAPABILITY_CALL_TYPE BEARER_CAPABILITY_TRANSFER_RATE CHANNEL_ID CHANNEL_ID_INTERPRETATION CALLING_NUMBER CALLING_NUMBER_TYPE CALLING_NUMBER_PLAN_ID CALLING_NUMBER_PRESENTATION_INDICATOR CALLED_NUMBER.*.NUMBER CALLED_NUMBER.*.TYPE CALLED_NUMBER.*.PLAN_ID CALLING_SUBADDRESS_TYPE CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO CALLED_SUBADDRESS_TYPE CALLED_SUBADDRESS_INFO LOW_LAYER_2_INFO LOW_LAYER_2_DEFINED LOW_LAYER_3_INFO LOW_LAYER_3_DEFINED HIGH_LAYER_CODE_STANDARD HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED HIGH_LAYER_CHARACTERISTICS USER_USER_DISCRIMINATOR USER_USER_INFO Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.1. BEARER_CAPABILITY_CALL_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BEARER_CAPABILITY_CALL_TYPE Specify the call type. Values Specify the integer 1 through 2. 1 = Circuit Mode 2 = Packet Mode Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2. BEARER_CAPABILITY_TRANSFER_RATE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ BEARER_CAPABILITY_TRANSFER_RATE Transfer Rate You must specify this field when creating a record. Values Specify the integer 1 through 2. 1 = 64 Kbps 2 = 56 Kbps Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3. CHANNEL_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CHANNEL_ID Specifies the channel identification. Values Specify the integer 1 through 3. 1 = Any B-channel 2 = B1-channel 3 = B2-channel If the CHANNEL_ID is specified, the default value for CHANNEL_ID_INTERPRETATI If CHANNEL_ID_INTERPRETATION is specified, the default value for CHANNEL_ID = 1. No default value will be used if neither field is specified. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.4. CHANNEL_ID_INTERPRETATION ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CHANNEL_ID_INTERPRETATION Specifies the channel identification interpretation Values Specify the integer 1 through 2. 1 = Preferred 2 = Required If the CHANNEL_ID is specified, the default value for CHANNEL_ID_INTERPRETATION If CHANNEL_ID_INTERPRETATION is specified, the default value for CHANNEL_ID = 1. No default value will be used if neither field is specified. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.5. CALLING_NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_NUMBER Specifies the calling party number. Values Specifies 1 to 32 characters. If any CALLING_NUMBER field keywords are specified, the CALLING_NUMBER field is required. Note: In addition to numerals, other characters are accepted that are often used typing telephone numbers (such as parentheses, hyphens, and blanks). An asterisk in part of the number represents that any telephone number will be a that part of the number. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.6. CALLING_NUMBER_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_NUMBER_TYPE Specifies the calling party type. Values Specify the integer 1 through 6. 1 = Unknown 2 = International 3 = National 4 = Network specific 5 = Subscriber 6 = Abbreviated If any CALLING_NUMBER field keywords are specified, the CALLING_NUMBER field is required. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.7. CALLING_NUMBER_PLAN_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_NUMBER_PLAN_ID Specifies the calling party plan identification. Values Specify the integer 1 through 3. 1 = Unknown 2 = ISDN/telephone number plan 3 = Private numbering plan If any CALLING_NUMBER field keywords are specified, the CALLING_NUMBER field is required. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.8. CALLING_NUMBER_PRESENTATION_INDICATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_NUMBER_PRESENTATION_INDICATOR Specifies the presentation indicator. Values Specify the integer 1 through 2. 1 = Presentation allowed 2 = Presentation restricted If any CALLING_NUMBER field keywords are specified, the CALLING_NUMBER field is required. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.9. CALLED_NUMBER.*.NUMBER ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_NUMBER.*.NUMBER Specifies the called party number. Note: * is integer 1 through 254. Values Specifies 1 to 32 characters. If any CALLED_NUMBER field keywords are specified, the NUMBER field is required. Note: In addition to numerals, other characters are accepted that are often used when typing telephone numbers (such as parentheses, hyphens, and blanks). Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.10. CALLED_NUMBER.*.TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_NUMBER.*.TYPE Specifies the called party type. Note: * is integer 1 through 254. Values Specifies the integer 1 through 6. 1 = Unknown 2 = International 3 = National 4 = Network specific 5 = Subscriber 6 = Abbreviated If any CALLED_NUMBER field keywords are specified, the NUMBER field is required. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.11. CALLED_NUMBER.*.PLAN_ID ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_NUMBER.*.PLAN_ID Specifies the called party plan identification. Note: * is integer 1 through 254. Values Specifies the integer 1 through 3. 1 = Unknown 2 = ISDN/telephone number plan 3 = Private numbering plan If any CALLED_NUMBER field keywords are specified, the NUMBER field is required. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.12. CALLING_SUBADDRESS_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_SUBADDRESS_TYPE Specifies the calling party subaddress type. Values Specifies the integer 1 through 2. 1 = NSAP (x.213/ISO 8348 AD2) 2 = User specified If CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO is specified, the default value for CALLING_SUBADDRESS_TYPE=1. No default value will be used if CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO is not specified. CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO does not have a default and must be defined if CALLING_SUBADDRESS_TYPE is specified. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.13. CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO Specifies the calling party subaddress information. Values 1-19, IA5 characters for NSAP, 1-20 IA5 characters for other. If CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO is specified, the default value for CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO=1. No default value will be used if CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO is not specified. CALLING_SUBADDRESS_INFO does not have a default and must be defined if CALLING_SUADDRESS_INFO is specified. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.14. CALLED_SUBADDRESS_TYPE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_SUBADDRESS_TYPE Specifies the called party subaddress type. Values Specify the integer 1 through 2. 1 = NSAP (x.213/ISO 8348 AD2) 2 = User specified If CALLED_SUBADDRES_INFO is specified, the default value for CALLED_SUBADDRESS_TYPE=1. No default value will be used if CALLED_SUBADDRESS_INFO is not specified. CALLED_SUBADDRESS_INFO does not have a default and must be defined if CALLED_SUBADDRESS_TYPE is specified. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.15. CALLED_SUBADDRESS_INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ CALLED_SUBADDRESS_INFO Specifies the called party subaddress information. Values 1-19, IA5 characters for NSAP, 1-20 IA5 characters for other. If CALLED_SUBADDRES_INFO is specified, the default value for CALLED_SUBADDRESS_INFO=1. No default value will be used if CALLED_SUBADDRESS_INFO is not specified. CALLED_SUBADDRESS_INFO does not have a default and must be defined if CALLED_SUBADDRESS_INFO is specified. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.16. LOW_LAYER_2_INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_LAYER_2_INFO Specifies the user layer 2 protocol information. Values Specify the integer 1 through 13. 1 = Unspecified 2 = Basic mode ISO 1475 3 = CCITT Rec. Q.921 4 = CCITT Rec. X.25 link level 5 = CCITT Rec. X.25 multilink 6 = Extended LAPB for half duplex operation (T.71) 7 = HDLC ARM (ISO 4335) 8 = HDLC NRM (ISO 4335) 9 = HDLC ABM (ISO 4335) 10 = LAN logical link control (ISO 8802/2) 11 = CCITT Rec. X.75 single link procedure (SLP) 12 = CCITT Rec. Q.922 13 = ISO 7776 (link layer for X.25 DTE-to-DTE) LOW_LAYER_2_INFO and LOW_LAYER_2_DEFINED are mutually exclusive. If both are specified, the value for LOW_LAYER_2_DEFINED will be used. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.17. LOW_LAYER_2_DEFINED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_LAYER_2_DEFINED Specifies the user layer 2 protocol user defined. Values Hex value 0 through 82. LOW_LAYER_2_INFO and LOW_LAYER_2_DEFINED are mutually exclusive. If both are specified, the value for LOW_LAYER_2_DEFINED will be used. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.18. LOW_LAYER_3_INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_LAYER_3_INFO Specifies the user layer 3 protocol information. Values Specify the integer 1 through 7. 1 = Unspecified 2 = CCITT Rec. Q.931 3 = CCITT Rec. X.25 packet layer 4 = ISO 8208 (X.25 packet-level protocol for DTE) 5 = ISO 8348 (OSI connection-oriented network service) 6 = ISO 8473 (OSI connectionless service) 7 = CCITT Rec. T.70 minimum network layer LOW_LAYER_3_INFO and LOW_LAYER_3_DEFINED are mutually exclusive. If both are specified, the value for LOW_LAYER_3_DEFINED will be used. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.19. LOW_LAYER_3_DEFINED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ LOW_LAYER_3_DEFINED Specifies the user layer 3 protocol user defined. Values Hex value (0-7F). LOW_LAYER_3_INFO and LOW_LAYER_3_DEFINED are mutually exclusive. If both are specified, the value for LOW_LAYER_3_DEFINED will be used. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.20. HIGH_LAYER_CODE_STANDARD ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HIGH_LAYER_CODE_STANDARD Specifies the high layer coding standard. Values Specify the integer 1 through 4. 1 = CCITT 2 = International 3 = National 4 = Network HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED and HIGH_LAYER_CHARACTERISTICS are mutually exclusive. HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED is only used if HIGH_LAYER_CODE_STANDARD is not 1. HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED does not have a default and must be defined if HIGH_LAYER_COD is 1. HIGH_LAYER_CHARACTERISTICS does not have a default and must be defined if HIGH_LAYER_CODE_STANDARD is 1. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.21. HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED Specifies the high layer user defined. Values Hex value 00-7F (not used for CCITT) HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED and HIGH_LAYER_CHARACTERISTICS are mutually exclusive. HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED is only used if HIGH_LAYER_CODE_STANDARD is not 1. HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED does not have a default and must be defined if HIGH_LAYER_COD is 1. HIGH_LAYER_CHARACTERISTICS does not have a default and must be defined if HIGH_LAYER_CODE_STANDARD is 1. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.22. HIGH_LAYER_CHARACTERISTICS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ HIGH_LAYER_CHARACTERISTICS Specifies the high layer characteristics. Values Specify the integer 1 through 10 (only for CCITT) 1 = Telephony (G-711) 2 = FAX group 2/3 (Rec. T.62) 3 = Document application profile for Group 4 Class 1 facsimile (T.503) 4 = Document application profile for formatted mixed-mode (T.501) 5 = Document application profile for processable-form (T.502) 6 = Teletex (T.63, T.70) 7 = Document application profile: Videotex interworking (T.504) 8 = Telex 9 = Message handling system (X.400) 10 = OSI application (X.200) HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED and HIGH_LAYER_CHARACTERISTICS are mutually exclusive. HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED is only used if HIGH_LAYER_CODE_STANDARD is not 1. HIGH_LAYER_DEFINED does not have a default and must be defined if HIGH_LAYER_COD is 1. HIGH_LAYER_CHARACTERISTICS does not have a default and must be defined if HIGH_LAYER_CODE_STANDARD is 1. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.23. USER_USER_DISCRIMINATOR ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USER_USER_DISCRIMINATOR Specifies the protocol discriminator. Values Specify the integer 1 through 6 for Standard protocols or hex value (40-4F) 1 = User specific protocol 2 = OSI high layer protocols 3 = X.2444 4 = IA5 characters 5 = CCITT Rec. V.120 rate adaptation 6 = ISDN user-network call control messages 40-4F (hex) = Other protocols If USER_USER_INFO is specified, the default value for USER_USER_DISCRIMINATOR=1. No default value will be used if USER_USER_INFO is not specified. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.24. USER_USER_INFO ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ USER_USER_INFO Specify user to user information. Values Specify 1 through 128 hexadecimal characters (0-9) (A-F). The default is none. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.7. ISDN Switch Type ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ The SWITCH_TYPE keyword sets the current ISDN Network/Switch Type for the workstation. It also sets the defaults CXM file for the specified switch type. The SWITCH_TYPE fields support the list syntax. The following is an example: switch_type = ( name = att filename = att ) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.8. ISDN Switch Type General Keywords ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ o NAME o FILENAME Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.8.1. NAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ NAME Specifies the ISDN Network/Switch Name. This is a required value. Values Specify 1 to 8 ASCII characters. Typical values are: o ATT o DMS o NTT o 1TR6 o BT o VN3 Related Topic: ISDN Configuration ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.8.2. FILENAME ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ FILENAME The default call directory (.CXM) File Name for the switch type. Values Specifies 1 through 8 characters. Related Topic: ISDN Configuration